GB2477439A - Methods for correlating clonotypes with a disease in a patient - Google Patents

Methods for correlating clonotypes with a disease in a patient Download PDF

Info

Publication number
GB2477439A
GB2477439A GB1105068A GB201105068A GB2477439A GB 2477439 A GB2477439 A GB 2477439A GB 1105068 A GB1105068 A GB 1105068A GB 201105068 A GB201105068 A GB 201105068A GB 2477439 A GB2477439 A GB 2477439A
Authority
GB
United Kingdom
Prior art keywords
disease
cells
clonotypes
sample
patient
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
GB1105068A
Other versions
GB2477439B (en
GB201105068D0 (en
Inventor
Malek Faham
Thomas Willis
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
MLC DX Inc
Original Assignee
MLC DX Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=42153463&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=GB2477439(A) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by MLC DX Inc filed Critical MLC DX Inc
Priority to GB1120209.0A priority Critical patent/GB2483810B/en
Publication of GB201105068D0 publication Critical patent/GB201105068D0/en
Publication of GB2477439A publication Critical patent/GB2477439A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of GB2477439B publication Critical patent/GB2477439B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C12Q1/6886—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
    • C12N15/1072—Differential gene expression library synthesis, e.g. subtracted libraries, differential screening
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6809—Methods for determination or identification of nucleic acids involving differential detection
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6827—Hybridisation assays for detection of mutation or polymorphism
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869—Methods for sequencing
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6881—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for tissue or cell typing, e.g. human leukocyte antigen [HLA] probes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/106—Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/118—Prognosis of disease development
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/156—Polymorphic or mutational markers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/16—Primer sets for multiplex assays
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A90/00—Technologies having an indirect contribution to adaptation to climate change
    • Y02A90/10—Information and communication technologies [ICT] supporting adaptation to climate change, e.g. for weather forecasting or climate simulation

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

A method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes of a disease in a subject comprising generating one of more clonotype profiles by sequencing individual isolated nucleic acids form at least two samples from the subject wherein one sample at least is correlated to a first state of the disease and determining one or more correlating clonotypes based on comparing the clonotype profiles of the samples obtained from the subject. The clonotype profiles may comprise at least 1000 sequence reads each comprising at least 30bp, The clonotype profiles can be repertoires of T-cell and/or B-cell receptor genes. The peak state of the disease may be determined and the disease may be systemic lupus or multiple sclerosis.

Description

METHODS OF MONITORING CONDITIONS BY SEQUENCE ANALYSiS
CROSS REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of (5.5. Patent Application Serial No. 61/1 12,693, filed on November 7, 2008, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTiON
100021 The immune system comprises the innate and the adaptive immunity systems. The innate immune system comprises the cells and mechanisms utilizing generic methods to recognize foreign pathogens. Cells involved in innate immunity include neutrophi Is, natural killer cells, macrophages, monocytes, basophils, eosinphils, mast, and denthtic cells. These cells carry out the act of phagocytosis as well as the release of many chemicals that kill invading pathogens. In addition, these cells are involved in innate immunity defense mechanisms including the complement cascade and inflammation. Finally, some of these cells participate in the antigen presentation process that plays a role in the adaptive immunity system.
100031 The adaptive immunity system has evolved to attack specific features on their targets. The occurrence of one response to a specific target provides the host with "memory" of it, causing it to mount a stronger response if it were to appear another time. Usually any protein or polysaccharide can serve as the target for some subset of the adaptive immune response cells or their products that recognize specific epitopes on the target. The adaptive immune response is divided into two types: the humoral and the cell-mediated immune response, and B-cells and T-cells play the specificity roles in these responses, respectively.
100041 Since autoimmune disease involves the recognition of some element of the adaptive immune system to self targets, aspects of the adaptive immune system have been examined to aid in diagnosis and prognosis.
Using standard immunological techniques, the humoral innnune system has been investigated by looking for circulating autoantibodies, Autoantibodies, like antinuclear, anti-dsDNA, and rheumatoid factor, have been identified for several diseases. These antibodies may not themselves be pathological, nor is the target they recognize in the body necessarily the same as that tested for in vitro; however, measurement of their levels aids in the diagnosis and in some cases has some prognostic and treatment implications.
[0005] Another methodology to study the adaptive immune system in autoimmune disease is based on the analysis of the diversity of the adaptive immune cells. Activation of the adaptive immune cells leads to their clonal expansion. Evidence of this clonal expansion is usually achieved by amplification from the blood RNA or DNA of part of the nucleic acid sequence coding for the antigen recognition region. For example, PCR primers to amplify sequences that have a specific V segment of the 3 chain in T-cell receptor (analogous to antibody heavy chain) are used to amplify the I segments or I and 0 segments connected to the specific V segment. When a diverse cell population is present it is expected to amplify fragments with a disthbution of slightly different size amplicons, but clonal expansion causes specific sizes to become enriched and thus more intense as visualized as bands on a gel. In the technique called speotratyping each of the V segments is amplified with the J and 0 segments to assess whether any of these amplicons shows a clonal expansion.
100061 One problem of the spectratyping approach is that many distinct sequences can have the same length and hence are indistinguishable. Therefore only dramatic clonal expansion can he discerned by this technique, There is need to improve methods of diagnosing and aiding prognosis of autoimmune disease and autoinimune disease states as well as other diseases for which the immune system plays a central role.
[00071 While additional specificity in profiling the immune system would be of great utility in allowing its impact on human health to be better predicted, still greater utility would be delivered if methods were developed that would allow the specific T and B cells involved in disease processes to be identified even if those particular sequences had never before been observed. The vast diversity of the immune system provides it with an immense reserve of potentially useful cells but also presents a challenge to the researcher trying to use this repertoire for predictive purposes. Any single sequence targeting an antigen is one of a vast number that could be involved with and/or correlated to the disease process in a given individual. Methods that would identify which of the many cells in a given individual are involved with disease processes would be of great value to human health.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
100081 In one aspect, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells, spatially isolating individual molecules of genomic DNA from said cells; sequencing said spatially isolated individual molecules of genomic DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
100091 In another aspect, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising 1-cells and/or B-cells, spatially isolating individual molecules of genomic DNA from said cells, amplifying said individual molecules of genoniic DNA, sequencing said amplified DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
100101 In another aspect, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising 1-cells and/or B-cells, amplifying genomic DNA from said cells, spatially isolating individual molecules of said amplified DNA, sequencing said spatially isolated individual molecules of amplified DNA; and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
100111 In another aspect, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells, amplifying genoauic DNA from said cells, spatially isolating individual molecules of said amplified DNA, re-amplifying said amplified DNA molecules, sequencing said re-amplified DNA molecules, and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00121 En another aspect, a method for determining a profile of sequences of recombined DNA in T-cells and/or a-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising 1-cells and/or B-cells, reverse transcribing RNA from said cells to form eDNA, spatially isolating individual molecules of said cDNA, optionally re-amplifying said spatially isolated individual molecules of cDNA, sequencing said eDNA and/or re-amplified cONA; and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
100131 In another aspect, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells is provided comprising: obtaining a sample from a subject comprising 1-cells and/or B-cells; spatially isolating individual cells in said sample, sequencing individual molecules of nucleic from said ceHs; and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00141 In one embodiment, said amplifying andior re-amplifying comprises PCR, multiplex PCR,, TMA, NASBA, or LAMP. In another embodiment, said spatially isolating comprises subcloning said DNA or cDNA in vectors used to transform bacteria, separating said DNA or cDNA in two dimensions on a solid support, separating said DNA or eDNA in three dimensions in a solution with micelles, or separating molecules using micro-reaction chambers. In another embodiment, said amplifying and/or re-amplifying is by growth of bacteria harboring subcloned DNA or eDNA, amplification of DNA or cDNA on a slide, or amplification of DNA or eDNA on a bead.
100151 In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises dideoxy sequencing. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises sequencing by synthesis using reversibly terminated labeled nucleotides. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises detection of pyrophosphate release on nucleotide incorporation. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises allele specific hybridization to a library of labeled oligonucleotide probes. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises sequencing by synthesis using allele specific hybridization to a library of labeled oligonucleotide probes followed by ligation of said probes. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises real time monitoring of the incorporation of labeled nucleotides during a polymerization step.
[0016] In another embodiment, said recombined DNA sequences comprise T-cell receptor genes and/or immunoglobulin genes. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises sequencing a subset of the &ll clonal sequences of immunoglobulin and/or i-cell receptor genes.
[0017] In another embodiment, said subset of the full clonal sequence comprises the V-D junction, D-J junction of an immunoglobulin or T-cell receptor gene, the fUll variable region of an immunoglobulin or 1-cell receptor gene, the antigen recognition region, or the complementarity determining region 3 (CDR3). In another embodiment, said 1-cell receptor genes comprise T-cell receptor 3 genes. In another embodiment, said immunoglobulin genes comprise immunoglobulin heavy genes. In another embodiment, said amplifying or re-amplifying comprises a plurality of primers complementary to V segments and one pnmer complementary to a C segment. In another embodiment, said amplifying or re-amplifying comprises a plurality of primers complementary to V segments and a plurality of primers complementary to C segments.
[00181 In another embodiment, said plurality of primers complementary to V segments comprises at least three different primers for each V segment and the plurality of primers complementary to C segments comprises at least I, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or at least 6 primers.
[00191 In another embodiment, said 1-or B-cells are subsets of the total I and B cells. In another embodiment, said subset oft-cells are CD4+, CD84-cells, or CD27 cells. In another embodiment, said sample comprises at least 100,000, at least 500,000, at least 750,000, of at least 1,000,000 T-cells, [00201 In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises at least 1000 reads per run, at least 10,000 reads per run, at least 100,000 reads per run, or at least 1,000,000 reads per run. In another embodiment, said sequencing comprises generating about 30 bp, about 40 bp, about 50 bp, about 60 bp, about 70 bp, about 80 bp, about 90 bp, about 100 bp, about 110, or about 120 bp per read.
100211 In another embodiment, said sample is taken when the subject is at a flare state of an autoimmune disease. In another embodiment, said sample is taken from a subject having or suspected of having systemic lupus erythematosus.
100221 In another aspect, a method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes in a subject is provided comprising: generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individual, spatially isolated molecules from at least one sample from the subject, wherein the at least one sample is related to a first state of the disease, and determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the subject based on the one or more clonotype profiles.
100231 In one embodiment, said at least one sample is from a tissue affected by the disease. In another embodiment, said determination of one or more correlating clonotypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples.
(00241 In another embodiment, the first state of the disease is a peak state of the disease. in another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are absent in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are high in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are low in the peak state of the disease.
[00251 In another embodiment, said sample comprises T-cells and/or B-cells. In another embodiment, said T-cells and/or S-cells comprise a subset of T-cells and/or B-cells. In another embodiment, said subset of T-cells and/or B-cells are enriched by interaction with a marker. In another embodiment, said marker is a cell surface marker on the subset of T-celts and/or B-cells. In another embodiment, said subset of T-cells and/or B-cells interact with an antigen specifically present in the disease.
J00261 In another embodiment, the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or multiple sclerosis.
100271 In another aspect, a method for developing an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with a disease is provided comprising: a) generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b) identifying one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, c) using sequence parameters and/or functional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to develop the algorithm that can predict correlating clonctypes in any sample from a subject with the disease.
100281 In one embodiment, the set of samples are taken from one or more tissues affected by the disease.
100291 In another embodiment, said identification of one or more correlating clonntypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples.
100301 In another embodiment, said functional data include binding ability of markers on T-cell and/or B-cell surface or interaction with antigen by a T-eell or B-cell.
100311 In another embodiment, said sequence parameters comprise nucleic acid sequence and predicted amino acid sequence.
[0032J In another embodiment, the samples are from one or more individuals at a peak stage of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are at a high level in the peak state of the disease.
In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are at a low level in the peak state of the disease, In another embodiment, the one or more correlating clonotypes are absent at the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or multiple sclerosis.
(00331 In another embodiment, a method for discovering one or more correlating clonotypes for an individual is provided, comprising inputting a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual into an algorithm, and using the algorithm to determine one or more correlating clonotypes for the individual. In one embodiment, the algorithm is an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with a disease is provided comprising, said algorithm being developed by: a) generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b) identifying one or more correlating elonotypes from the set of samples, c) using sequence parameters and/or functional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to develop an algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease.
(0034] In one embodiment, said sample is at taken at a peak state of disease. In another embodiment, the sample is taken from disease affected tissue.
(0035] In another aspect, a method for generating an algorithm that calculates a disease activity score is provided comprising: developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state, and optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score.
100361 In one embodiment, method for monitoring the disease state of an individual is provided comprising: a) determining a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual, b) inputting the clonotype profile information from a) into an algorithm that calculates a disease activity score, wherein is algorithm is generated by developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state, and optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score, and c) using the algorithm that calculates a disease activity score to generate a score predictive of the disease state of the individual.
100371 In another embodiment, the method for monitoring the disease state of an individual fUrther comprises determining one or more con-elating clonotypes in the individual, and inputting information the one or more correlating clonotypes into the algorithm.
[90381 In another embodiment, said determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the individual comprises a) generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individual, spatially isolated molecules from at least one sample from the subject, wherein the at least one sample is related to a first state of the disease, and b) determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the subject based on the one or more clonotype profiles.
(0039] In another embodiment, said determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the individual comprises a) inputting a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual into an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes, wherein said algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes is developed by i) generating a plurality ofclonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, ii) identifying one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, iii) using sequence parameters and/or functional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in ii) to develop the algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease, and c) using the algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes to determine one or more correlating clonotypes for the individual.
100401 In another embodiment, the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or multiple sclerosis.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[00411 All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
j0042J The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which: FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of an embodiment of a method cf the provided invention for determining clonotype profiles.
FIG. 2 shows a PCR scheme for amplifying TCR genes.
FIG. 3 illustrates a PCR product to be sequenced that was amplified using the scheme in FIG. 2.
FIGs. 4A and 411 illustrate a PCR scheme for amplifying isotype sequences.
FIG. 5 illustrates the reproducibility of multiplexed amplifications.
FIG. 6 illustrates that multiplexed amplifications have minimal amplification bias.
FiG. 7 illustrates agarose gel electrophoresis of multiplexed amplification of IgH sequences.
FIG. SA shows the log10 of the frequency of each clonotype in the two duplicate samples using Accuprime and cDNA corresponding to 500 ag of RNA as input template.
FIG. SB depicts the log10 of the frequency of each clonotype using cDNA corresponding to 500 ng of RNA as input template and Accuprime (X axis) or High fidelity Taq (Y axis).
FIG. SC shows the log10 of the frequency of each clonotype using cDNA corresponding to 50 ng o fRNA as input template and Accuprime (X axis) or High fidelity Taq (Y axis).
illustrates a flow diagram for determining the algorithm by a discovery study.
FIG. 9 illustrates one embodiment of a scheme for linking two sequences to form one amplicon during an amplification reaction. Information on the presence of these two sequences in the same sample (e.g., cell) can then he preserved even if they are mixed with a pool of sequences from other samples.
FIG. 10 illustrates another embodiment of an amplification scheme for linking two sequences.
FIG. 11 illustrates another embodiment of an amplification scheme for linking two sequences.
FIGs. 12A and 1211 illustrate a scheme for multiplexing the a reaction linking two sequences by PCR.
FIGs. 13A -13D illustrate a scheme for linking three sequences together.
FIG. 14 illustrates a flow diagram for discovering correlating clonotypes using a calibration test.
FIG. 15 illustrates a flow diagram for discovering correlating clonotypes using a population study.
FIG. 16 illustrates a flow diagram for discovering correlating clonotypes using a population study and a calibration test.
FIG. 17 illustrates algorithms that can predict correlating clonotypes in a sample.
FIG. 18 illustrates a flow diagram for generating a monitoring algorithm for calculating Immune Load.
FIG. 19 illustrates a flow diagram for performing a monitoring test without a calibration test.
FIG. 20 illustrates a flow diagram for performing a monitoring test using a calibration test,
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Overview [0043] In general, the provided invention includes methods for applying nucleic acid sequencing techniques to the task of monitoring the repertoire of adaptive immunity cells for profiling the immune system. The profiles of the immune system generated cati be used for diagnosis of diseases and disorders, and for diagnosis of states of diseases and disorders. The methods of immune profiling of the provided invention can be used in monitoring diseases arid disorders and assessing treatment of diseases and disorders. These diseases and disorders that the methods of the provided invention can be applied to include autoiinmune disease, including systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), multiple sclerosis (MSJ, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and ankylosing spondylitis. The methods of the provided invention can be applied to the diagnosis, monitoring, and treatment of transplant rejection and immune aging. Furthermore, the methods of immune profiling of the provided invention can be used for diagnosing, monitoring, and treating other diseases related to the immune system, including cancer and infectious disease.
(00441 Sequencing individual amplified molecules can distinguish different sequences and hence has the sensitivity to detect quantitative changes in clooal expansion. In general, in one embodiment of the provided invention, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells is provided. The method can comprise steps including isolating samples from a subject, one or more rounds of nucleic acid amplification, spatially isolating individual nucleic acids, and sequencing nucleic acids. The nucleic acids can be DNA or RNA. The recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells can be termed clonotypes.
[0045] In one aspect, a method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes in a subject or individual is provided. In another aspect, a method for developing an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with a disease is provided. In another aspect, a method for discovering one or more correlating clonotypes for an individual using an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject is provided, in another aspect, a method for generating an algorithm that calculates a disease activity score is provided. In another aspect, a method for monitoring the disease state of an individunl is provided.
L Methods of deterniinine clonotype profiles A. Overview (0046] The methods of the provided invention can be used to generate profiles of recombined DNA sequences, or clonotypes, in sample from a subject.
[0047] In one embodiment, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or 3-cells, isolating individual molecules of genomic DNA from said cells, sequencing the isolated individual molecules of genornie DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from the sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00481 In another embodiment, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells, isolating individual molecules of genornic DNA from the cells, amplifying the individual molecules of genomic DNA, sequencing the amplified DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from the sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00491 In another embodiment, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-celLs and/or B-cells, amplifying genomic DNA from the cells, isolating individual molecules of the amplified DNA, sequencing the isolated individual molecules of amplified DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from the sample to generate the profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00501 In another embodiment, a method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in 1-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample from a subject including T-cells and/or B-cells, amplifying genomic DNA from the cells, isolating individual molecules of the amplified DNA, re-amplifying the amplified DNA molecules, sequencing the re-amplified DNA molecules, and determining the levels cf different sequences from the sample to generate the profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[0051J En another embodiment, a method for determining a profile of sequences of recombined DNA inT-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells, isolating RNA from said sample, reverse transcribing the RNA from said cells to form cDNA, isolating individual molecules of said eDNA, optionally re-amplif'ing said eDNA, sequencing said isolated individual molecules of said cDNA or re-amplified DNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
[00521 In another embodiment, a method for determining a profile of sequences of recombined DNA in T-cells and/or B-cells is provided including obtaining a sample flum a subject including T-cells and/or B-cells, isolating individual molecules of RNA from said sample, sequencing the individual molecules of RNA, and determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate the profile of recombined DNA sequences.
B Subjects and samples L Subjects 100531 The methods of the provided invention can use samples from subjects or individuals (e.g, patients).
The subject can be a patient, for example, a patient with an autoimmune disease. The subject can be a patient with an infectious disóase or cancer. The subject can be a mammal, for example, a human. The subject can be male or female. The subject can be an infant, a child, or an adult.
2. Samples 100541 Samples used in the methods of the provided invention can include, for example, a bodily fluid from a subject, including amniotic fluid surrounding a fetus, aqueous humor, bile, blood and blood plasma, cerumen (earwax), Cowper's fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, chyle, chyme, female ejaculate, interstitial fluid, lymph, menses, breast milk, mucus (including snot and phlegm), pleural fluid, pus, saliva, sebum (skin oil), semen, serum, sweat, tears, urine, vaginal lubrication, vomit, water, feces, internal body fluids, including cerebrospinal fluid surrounding the brain and the spinal cord, synovial fluid surrounding bone joints, intracellular fluid is the fluid Side cells, and vitreous humour the fluids in the eyeball. In one embodiment, the sample is a blood sample. The blood sample can be about 0.1, 0,2,0.3,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4+0, 4.5, or 5.0 niL. The sample can be Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF) when the subject has multiple sclerosis, synovial fluid when the subject has rheumatoid arthritis, and skin (or other organ) biopsy when the subject has systemic lupus. l.a one embodiment, the clonotpe can be identified from the available body fluid/tissue most likely to reflect pathology followed by later monitoring the levels of the clonotypes form a different body fluid,
for example, blood.
[00551 Samples can be analyzed at a time when the disease is inactive.
[00561 The sample can be obtained by a health care provider, for example, a physician, physician assistant, nurse, veterinarian, dermatologist, rheumatologist, dentist, paramedic, or surgeon. The sample can be obtained by a research technician. More than one sample from a subject can be obtained.
[0057] The sample can be a biopsy, e.g., a skin biopsy. The biopsy can be from, for example, brain, liver, lung, heart, colon, kidney, or bone marrow, Any biopsy technique used by those skilled in the art can be used for isolating a sample from a subject. For example, a biopsy can be an open biopsy, in which general anesthesia is used. The biopsy can be a closed biopsy, in which a smaller cut is made than in an open biopsy. The biopsy can be a core or incisional biopsy, in which part of the tissue is removed. The biopsy can be an excisional biopsy, in which attempts to remove an entire lesion are made. The biopsy can be a fine needle aspiration biopsy, in which a sample of tissue or fluid is removed with a needle.
[0058] The sample can include immune cells. The immune cells can include T-cells and/or B-cells. Tcells (T lymphocytes) include, for example, cells that express T cell receptors. T-cells include Helper T cells (effector T cells or Th cells), cytotoxic T cells (CTLs), memory T cells, and regulatory T cells. The sample can include a single cell in some applications (e.g., a calibration test to define relevant T cells) or more generally at least 1,000, at least 10,000, at least 100,000, at least 250,000, at least 500,000, at least 750,000, or at least 1,000,000 Tcells.
[0059] B-cells include, for example, plasma B cells, memory B cells, B I cells, B2 cells, marginal-zone B cells, and follicular B cells. B-cells can express immunoglobulins (antibodies, B cell receptor). The sample can include a single cell in some applicatioos (e.g., a calibration test to define relevant B cells) or more generally at least 1,000, at least 10,000, at least 100,000, at least 250,000, at least 500,000, at least 750,000, or at least 1,000,000 B-cells.
[0060] The sample can include nucleic acid, for example, DNA (e.g., genomic DNA or mitochondrial DNA) or RNA (e.g., messenger RNA or microRNA). The nucleic acid can be cell-free DNA or RNA. In the methods of the provided invention, the amount of RNA or DNA from a subject that can be analyzed includes, for example as low as a single cell in some applications (e.g., a calibration test) and as many as 10 millions of cells or more translating to a range of DNA of ópg-6Oug, and RNA of approximately lpg-lOug.
C. Means for isolating,jtmpliMnn and re-amplifyg nucleic acid 1. Characristics of TCR and 11CR gçnes [0061] Since the identifying recombinations are present in the DNA ol' each individual adaptive immunity cell as well as their associated RNA transcripts, either RNA or DNA can be sequenced in the methods of the provided invention. A recombined sequence from a T-cell or B-cell can also be referred to as a clonotype. The DNA or RNA can correspond to sequences from T-cell receptor (ICR) genes or immunoglobulin (lg) genes that encode antibodies. For example, the DNA and RNA can correspond to sequences encoding a, [3, , or 5 chains of a TCR. In a majority of T-cells, the TCR is a heterodimer consisting of an a-chain and [3-chain. The TCRa chain is generated by Vi recombination, and the [3 chain receptor is generated by V(D)J recombination. For the TCRII chain, in humans there are 48 V segments, 2 D segments, and 13.1 segments. Several bases may be deleted and others added (called N and? nucleotides) at each of the two junctions. In a minority ofT-cells, the TCRs consist of 7 and 5 delta chains. The ICR y chain is generated by Vi recombination, and the TCR S chain is generated by V(D)1 recombination (Kenneth Murphy, Paul Travers, and Mark Walport, Janeway s Immunology 7th edition, Garland Science, 2007, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0062j The DNA and RNA analyzed in the methods of the provided invention can correspond to sequences encoding heavy chain iznmunoglobulins (IgH) with constant regions (a,S, e, y, or it) or light chain immunoglobulins (tgK or IgL) with constant regions X or c. Each antibody has two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains. Each chain is composed of a constant (C) and a variable region. For the heavy chain, the variable region is composed of a variable (V), diversity (D), and joining (J) segments. Several distinct sequences coding for each type of these segments are present in the genome. A specific VIXI recombination event occurs during the development of a B-cell, marking that cell to generate a specific heavy chain. Diversity in the light chain is generated in a similar fashion except that there is no U region so there is only VS recombination. Somatic mutation often occurs close to the site of the recombination, causing the addition or deletion of several nucleotides, farther increasing the diversity of heavy and light chains generated by B-cells. The possible diversity of the antibodies generated by a B-cell is then the product of the different heavy and light chains. The variable regions of the heavy and light chains contribute to form the antigen recognition (or binding) region or site. Added to this diversity is a process of somatic bypermutation which can occur after a specific response is mounted against some epitope. In this process mutations occur in those B-cells that are able to recognize the specific epitope leading to greater diversity in antibodies that may be able to bind the specific epitope more strongly. All these factors contribute to great diversity of antibodies generated by the B-cells. Many billions and maybe more than a trillion distinct antibodies may be generated. The basic premise for generating 1-cell diversity is similar to that for generating antibodies by B-cells. An element of T-cell and B-cell activation is their binding to foreign epitopes. The activation of a specific cell leads to the production of more of the same type of cells leading to a clonal expansion.
[0063J Cornplementarity determining regions (CUR), or hypervariable regions, are sequences in the variable domains of antigen receptors (e.g., T cell receptor and immunoglobulin) that can complement an antigen. The chain of each antigen receptor contains three CURS (CDRI, CDR2, and CDR3). The two polypeptides making I cells (a and [3) and immunoglobulin (IgH and lgK or IgL) contribute to the formation of the three CDRs.
[0064] The part of CDR 1 and CDR2 that is coded for by TCR[3 lies within one of 47 flinctional V segments.
Most of the diversity of CDRs is found in CDR3, with the diversity being generated by somatic recombination events during the development of I lymphocytes.
[O065 A great diversity of BCR is present inter and iatra-individuals. The BCR is composed of two genes IgH and lgK (or IgL) coding for antibody heavy and light chains. Three Complementarity Determining Region (CDR) sequences that bind antigens and MHC molecules have the mnst diversity in 1gB and lgK (or IgL), The part of CDR I and CDR2 coded for by 1gM lies within one of 44 functional V segments. Most of the diversity in naive B cells emerges in the generation of CDR3 through somatic recombination events during the development of B lymphocytes. The recombination can generate a molecule with one of each of the V, U, and J segments. In humans, there are 44 V, 27 D, and 61 segments; thus, there is a theoretical possibility of more than 7,000 combinations. In a small fraction of BCRs (-5%) two 1) segments are found. Furthermore, several bases may be deleted and others added (called N and P nucleotides) at each of the two junctions generating a great degree of diversity. After B cell activation a process of affinity maturation through somatic hypemiutation occurs. In this process progeny cells of the activated B cells accumulate distinct somatic mutations throughout the gene with higher mutation concentration in the CDR regions leading to generating antibodies with higher affinity to the antigens. Therefore multiple primers can be utilized to amplify sequences after somatic hypermutation. In addition to somatic hyperrnutation activated B cells undergo the process of isotype switching, Antibodies with the same variable segments can have different forms (isotypes) depending on the constant segment. Whereas all naïve B cells express 1gM (or IgD), activated B cells mostly express IgG but also 1gM, IgA and IgE. This expression switching from 1gM (and/or lgD) to lgG, IgA, or IgE occurs through a recombination event causing one cell to specialize in producing a specific isotype. There is one segment for each 1gM, lgD, and IgE, two segments for IgA, and four segments for lgG.
LAnpliflcation reactions [00661 Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) can be used to amplify the relevant regions from a collection of cells.
Transcription Mediated Amplification (TMA) can be used to produce RNA amplicons from a target nucleic acid. The nucleic acid from each cell can be analyzed separately, as each cell will carry its own unique signature.
[0067] TCR or immunoglobulin sequences can be amplified from nucleic acid in a multiplex reaction using at least one primer that anneals to the C region and one or more primers that can anneal to one or more V segments (FIG. 2 and FIG. 4). The number of primers that anneal to V segments in a multiplex reaction can be, forexample, at least 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6,7,8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,21,22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70,71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80. The number of primers that anneal to V segments in a multiplex reaction can be, for example, 10-60, 20-50, 3 0-50, 40-50, 20-40, 30-40, or 3540. The printers can anneal to different V segments. For IgH genes, because of the possibility of somatic mutations in the V segments, multiple primers that anneal to each V segment can be used; for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 primers per V segment. The number of primers that anneal to C segments in a multiplex reaction can include, for example, at least 1,2, 3,4,5,6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. The number of primers that anneal to C segments in a multiplex reaction can be 1-10, 2-9, 3-8, 4-7, 3-8, or 3-6. Amplification of TCR or iinmunoglobulin genes can occur as described in Example 3 and/or Example 4.
[00681 The region to be amplified can include the fall clonal sequence or a subset of the clonal sequence, including the V-D junction, D-1 junction of an irnmunoglobulin or T-cell receptor gene, the hill variable region of an immunoglohulin or T-cell receptor gene, the antigen recognition region, or a CUR, e.g., coinplementarity determining region 3 (CDR3).
[00691 The TCR or immunoglobulin sequence can amplified using a primary and a secondary amplification step. Each of the different amplification steps can comprise different primers. The different primers can introduce sequence not original present in the immune gene sequence. For example, the amplification procedure can add one or more tags to the 5' and/or 3' end of amplified TCR or inununoglohulin sequence (FIG. 3). The -Il-tag can be sequence that facilitates subsequent sequencing of the amplified DNA. The tag can be sequence that facilitates binding the amplified sequence to a solid support.
100701 Other methods for amplification may not employ any primers in the V region. Instead, a specific primer can be used from the C segment and a generic primer can be put in the other side (5'). The generic primer can be appended in the cDNA synthesis through different methods including the well described methods of strand switching. Similarly, the generic primer can be appended after cDNA making through different methods including ligation.
100711 Other means of amplifying nucleic acid that can be used in the methods of the provided invention include, for example, reverse transcriptinn-PCR, real-time PCR, quantitative real-time PCR, digital PCR (dPCR), digital emulsion PCR (dePCR), clonal PCR, amplified fragment length polymorphism PCR (AFLP ?CR), allele specific PCR, assembly PCR, asymmetric 11CR (in which a great excess of primers for a chosen strand is used), colony PCR, belicase-dependent amplification (EDA), Hot Start PCR, inverse PCR (IPCR), in situ PCR, long PCR (extension of DNA greater than about 5 kilobases), multiplex PCR, nested PCR (uses more than one pair of primers), single-cell PCR, touchdown PCR, loop-mediated isothermal PCR (LAMP), and nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA). Other amplification schemes include: Ligase Chain Reaction, Branch DNA Amplification, Rolling Circle Amplification, Circle to Circle Amplification, SPIA amplification, Target Amplification by Capture and Ligation (TACL) amplification, and RACE amplification.
100721 The information in RNA in a sample can be converted to cDNA by using reverse transcription. PolyA primers, random primers, and/or gene specific primers can be used in reverse transcription reactions.
[00731 After amplification of DNA from the genome (or amplification of nucleic acid in the form of eDNA by reverse transcribing RNA), the individual nucleic acid molecules can be isolated, optionally ce-amplified, and then sequenced individually.
[00741 Polymerases that can be used for amplification in the methods of the provided invention include, for example, Taq polymerase, AccuPrime polymerase, or Pfli. The choice ofpolymerase to use can be based on whether fidelity or efficiency is preferred.
100751 In one embodiment, individual cells in a sample are isolated. Two or more sequences from each isolated cell can be linked together. For example, sequences from TCRt and TCR genes or lgH and lgK genes from an individual cell can be linked, for example by an amplification scheme (FIGs. 9-13) or a ligation scheme. The linked TCRa and TCR or 1gM and IgK sequences for isolated cells can optionally be reamplified.
The linked amplification products can be optionally repooled after amplification.
3. Means of isolatin2 individual nucleic acids [00761 Methods for isolation of nucleic acids from a pool include subcloning nucleic acid into DNA vectors and transforming bacteria (bacterial cloning), spatial separation of the molecules in two dimensions on a solid substrate (e.g., glass slide), spatial separation of the molecules in three dimensions in a solution within micelles (such as can be achieved using oil emulsions with or without immobilizing the molecules on a solid surface such as beads), or using microreaction chambers in, for example, microfluidic or nano-fluidic chips. Dilution can be used to ensure that on average a single molecule is present in a given volume, spatial region, bead, or reaction chamber.
[0077] Real time PCR, picogreen staining, nanofluidic electrophoresis (e.g. LabCbip) or LV absorption measurements can be used in an initial step to judge the functional amount of amplifiable material.
10078] Methods for re-amplification of nucleic acids include bacterial growth of isolated colonies transformed with nucleic acid, amplification on a slide (e.g., PCR. colonies (polonies)), and amplification on a bead. The same method can be use to amplify and re-amplify the nucleic acid or a different method can be used to amplify and reamplify the nucleic acid.
[00791 In certain embodiments the subcloning steps include a step in which a common primer is attached to the DNA or RNA through an amplification or ligation step. This primer is then used to amplify the clones and as a recognition sequence for hybridization of a primer for sequencing (FIG. 2).
[00801 In other embodiments, nucleic acids are analyzed from a subset of cells. A method to separate cells, for example by using a cell surface marker, can be employed. For example, cells can be isolated by cell sorting flow-cytometry, flow-sorting, fluorescent activated cell sorting (FACS), bead based separation such as magnetic cell sorting (MACS; e.g., using antibody coated magnetic particles), size-based separation (e.g., a sieve, an array of obstacles, or a filter), sorting in a microfluidics device, antibody-based separation, sedimentation, affinity adsorption, affinity extraction, or density gradient centhfligation. Cells can be purified by laser capture microdissection. Sorting can be based on cell size, morphology, or intracellular or extracellular markers.
Methods for isnlating or sorting tumor cells are described, for example, in Nagrath S. et al. (2007) Nature 450:1235-1239; 155 Patent Nos. 6008002, 7232653, and 7332288; PCT Publication No. W020081 57220A1; and US Patent Application Nos. 15520080 l38805Al and 1JS20090 186065; and Rosenberg R. et aL (2002) Cytometry 49:150-158, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0081] The subset of cells can be a subset of T-cells andlor B-cells. The subset of I cells can be C04+, CD84-, or CD27" cells.
[0082] Fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) uses light scattering and fluorcsccnt characteristics to sort cells. A fluorescent property can be imparted on a cell using, e.g., nucleic acid probes or antibodies conjugated to a fluorescent dye. A cell suspension can form a stream of flowing liquid. The stream of cells forms drops that contain approximately one cell per drop. Before the stream forms drops, a fluorescent characteristic of each cell is measured. A charge is placed on an electrical charging ring prior to fluorescence intensity measurement and the opposite charge is carried on the drop as it breaks from the stream. The charged drops pass through two high voltage deflection plates that divert drops into different containers based upon their charge. The charge can be directly applied to the stream and the drop breaking off retains the charge of the same sign as the stream. The stream is then returned to neutral after the drop breaks off.
(00831 Direct or indirect immunofluorescence can be used in FACS. In direct immunofluorescence, an antibody is directly conjugated to a fluorescent dye. In indirect immunofluorescence, the primary antibody is not labeled, and a secondary antibody is conjugated to a fluorescent dye.
In one embodiment, individual cells from a sample can be isolated. Sequence information from two more genes in a cell can be linked together. For example, a sample can be from a patient with an autoimniune disease, and sequence information from TCRct and TCR genes from spatially isolated cells from the sample can be physically linked by, for example, an amplification scheme or a ligation scheme, The linked TCRct and TCR sequences can optionally be amplified and/or pooled with linked sequences from other cells. The linked sequences can alternatively be for IgH and IgK or for lgH and IgL C. Sequencing techniques - [0084] Any technique for sequencing nucleic acid known to those skilled in the art can be used in the methods of the provided invention. DNA sequencing techniques include classic clideoxy sequencing reactions (Sanger method) using labeled terminators or primers and gel separation in slab or capillary, sequencing by synthesis using reversibly terminated labeled nucleotides, pyrosequencing, 454 sequencing, allele specific hybridization to a library of labeled oligonucleotide probes, sequencing by synthesis using allele specific hybridization to a library of labeled clones that is followed by ligation, real time monitoring of the incorporation of labeled nucleotides during a polymerization step, polony sequencing, and SOLiD sequencing. Sequencing of the separated molecules has more recently been demonstrated by sequential or single extension reactions using polymerases or ligases as well as by single or sequential differential hybridizations with libraries of probes.
These reactions have been performed on many clonal sequences in parallel including demonstrations in current commercial applications of over 100 million sequences in parallel. These sequencing approaches can thus be used to study the repertoire of T-cell receptor (TCR) and/or B-cell receptor (BCR).
(00851 The sequencing technique used in the methods of the provided invention can generate least 1000 reads per run, at least 10,000 reads per run, at least [00,000 reads per run, at least 500,000 reads per run, or at least 1,000,000 reads per run.
100861 The sequencing technique used in the methods of the provided invention can generate about 30 bp, about 40 bp, about 50 bp, about 60 bp, about 70 bp, about 80 bp, about 90 bp, about 100 hp, about 110, about bp per read, about 150 bp, about 200 bp, about 250 bp, about 300 bp, about 350 bp, about 400 bp, about 450 bp, about 500 bp, about 550 bp, or about 600 bp per read.
[00871 The sequencing technique used in the methods of the provided invention can generate at least 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, or 600 bp per read.
I. True Single Molecule Sequencing 100881 A sequencing technique that can be used in the methods of the provided invention includes, for example, Helicos True Single Molecule Sequencing (tSMS) (Harris T.D. et al. (2008) Science 320:106-109). In the ISMS technique, a DNA sample is cleaved into strands of approxinrntely 100 to 200 nucleotides, and a polyA sequence is added to the 3' end of each DNA strand, Each strand is labeled by the addition of a fluorescently labeled adenosine nucleotide. The DNA strands are then hybridized to a flow cell, which contains millions of oligo-T capture sites that are immobilized to the flow cell surface. The templates can be at a density of about 100 million templates/cm2. The flow cell is then loaded into an instrument, e.g., HeliScopetm sequencer, and a laser illuminates the surface of the flow cell, revealing the position of each template. A CCD camera can map the position of the templates on the flow cell surface. The template fluorescent label is then cleaved and washed away. The sequencing reaction begins by introducing a DNA polymerase and a fluorescently labeled nueleotide. The oligo-T nucleic acid serves as a primer. The polymerase incorporates the labeled nucleotides to the primer in a template directed manner. The polymerase and unincorporated nucleotides are removed. The templates that have directed incorporation of the fluorescently labeled nucleotide are detected by imaging the flow cell surface. After imaging, a cleavage step removes the fluorescent label, and the process is repeated with other fluorescently labeled nucleotides until the desired read length is achieved.
Sequence information is collected with each nucleotide addition step.
LAM sequencing (00891 Another example of a DNA sequencing technique that can be used in the methods of the provided invention is 454 sequencing (Roche) (Margulies, M et aL 2005, Nature, 437, 376-380). 454 sequencing involves two steps. In the fir st step, DNA is sheared into fragments of approximately 300-800 base pairs, and the fragments are blunt ended. Oligonucleotide adaptors are then ligated to the ends of the fragments. The adaptors serve as primers for amplification and sequencing of the fragments. The fragments can be attached to DNA capture beads, e.g., streptavidin-coated beads using, e.g., Adaptor B, which contains 5'-biotin tag. The fragments attached to the beads are PCR amplified within droplets of an oil-water emulsion. The result is multiple copies of clonally amplified DNA fragments on each bead. In the second step, the beads are captured in wells (pico-liter sized). Pyrosequencing is performed on each DNA fragment in parallel. Addition of one or more nucleotides generates a light signal that is recorded by a CCD camera in a sequencing instrument. The signal strength is proportional to the number of nucleotides incorporated.
100901 Pyrosequencing makes use of pyrophosphate (PPi) which is released upon nucleotide addition. PPi is converted to ATP by AlP suiftaylase in the presence of adenosine 5' phosphosulfate. Luciferase uses AlP to convert luciferin to oxyluciferin, and this reaction generates light that is detected and analyzed.
3. SOLID sequencing 100911 Another example of a DNA sequencing technique that can be used in the methods of the provided invention is SOLiD technology (Applied Biosystems). In SOLiD sequencing, genomic DNA is sheared into fragments, and adaptors are attached to the 5' and 3' ends of the fragments to generate a fragment library.
Alternatively, internal adaptors can be introduced by ligating adaptors to the 5' and 3' ends of the fragments, circularizing the fragments, digesting the circularized fragment to generate an internal adaptor, and attaching adaptors to the 5' and 3' ends of the resulting fragments to generate a mate-paired library. Next, clonal bead populations are prepared in microreactors containing beads, primers, template, and PCR components.
Following PCR, the templates are denatured and beads are enriched to separate the beads with extended templates. Templates on the selected beads are subjected to a 3' modification that permits bonding to a glass slide.
[00921 The sequence can be determined by sequential hybridization and ligation of partially random oligonucleotides with a central determined base (or pair of bases) that is identified by a specific fluorophore.
After a color is recorded, the ligated oligonucleotide is cleaved and removed and the process is then repeated.
4. SOLEXA sequenciflg [0093] Another example of a sequencing technology that can be used in the methods of the provided invention is SOLEXA sequencing (lllumina). SOLEXA sequencing is based on the amplification of DNA on a solid surface using fold-back PCR and anchored primers. Genomic DNA is fragmented, and adapters are added to the 5' and 3' ends of the fragments. DNA fragments that are attached to the surface of flow cell channels are extended and bridge amplified. The fragments become double stranded, and the double stranded molecules are denatured. Multiple cycles of the solid-phase amplification followed by denaturation can create several million clusters of approximately 1,000 copies of single-stranded DNA molecules of the same template in each channel of the flow cell. Primers, DNA polymerase and four fluorophore-labeled, reversibly terminating nucleotides are used to perform sequential sequencing. After nucleotide incorporation, a laser is used to excite the Iluorophores, and an image is captured and. the identity of the first base is recorded. The 3' terminators and tluorophores from each incorporated base are removed and the incorporation, detection and identification steps are repeated.
5. SMRT seq uencjg [0094) Another example of a sequencing technology that can be used in the methods of the provided invention includes the single molecule, real-time (SMRPM) technology of Pacific Biosciences. In SMRT, each of the four DNA bases is attached to one of four different fluorescent dyes. These dyes are phospholinked. A single DNA polymerase is immobilized with a single molecule of template single stranded DNA at the bottom of a zero-mode waveguide (ZMW), A ZMW is a confinement structure which enables observation of incorporation of a single nucleotide by DNA polymerase against the background of fluorescent nucleo tides that rapidly ditThse in an out of the ZMW (in microseconds). It takes several milliseconds to incorporate a nucleotide into a growing strand, During this time, the fluorescent label is excited and produces a fluorescent signal, and the fluorescent tag is cleaved off. Detection of the corresponding fluorescence of the dye indicates which base was incorporated. The process is repeated.
6. Nanoj,ore sequencing (0095) Another example of a sequencing technique that can be used is the methods of the provided invention is nanopore sequencing (Soni GV and Meller A. (2007) GlEn Chem 53: 1996-2001). A nanopore is a small hole, of the order of 1 nanometer in diameter. Immersion of a nanopore in a conducting fluid and application of a potential across it results in a slight electrical current due to conduction of ions through the nanoporc. The amount of current which flows is sensitive to the size of the nanopore. As a DNA molecule passes through a nanopore, each nucleotide on. the DNA molecule obstructs the nanopore to a different degree. Thus, the cbange lit the current passing through the nanopore as the DNA molecule passes through the nanopore represents a reading of the DNA sequence.
7. CheScal-sensjtiye field effect transistor array seq uencin_g [00961 Another example of a sequencing technique that can be used in the methods of the provided invention involves using a chemical-sensitive field effect transistor (chemFET) array to sequence DNA (for example, as described in US Patent Application Publication No. 20090026082). In one example of the technique, DNA molecules can be placed into reaction chambers, and the template molecules can be hybridized to a sequencing primer bound to a polymerase. Incorporation of one or more triphosphates into a new nucleic acid strand at the 3' end of the sequencing primer can be detected by a change in current by a ebemPEl. An array can have multiple chemFET sensors. In another example, single nucleic acids can be attached to beads, and the nucleic acids can be amplified on the bead, and the individual beads can be transferred to individual reaction chambers on a cheinFET array, with each chamber having a chemFET sensor, and the nucleic acids can be sequenced.
8. Sequencing with an electron microscope Another example of a sequencing technique that can be used in the methods of the provided invention involves using a electron microscope (Moudrianakis EN. and Beer M. .Proc Nat! Acad Sc! (ISA. 1965 Mar;53:564-7 I).
In one example of the technique, individual DNA molecules are labeled using metallic labels that are distinguishable using an electron microscope. These molecules are then stretched on a flat surface and imaged using an electron microscope to measure sequences.
[00971 Any one of the sequencing techniques described herein can be used in the methods of the provided invention.
D. Methods for sequencing the ICR and 3CR rcpertqfrg [00981 Sequences can be read that originate from a single molecule or that originate from amplifications from a single molecule. Millions of independent amplifications of single molecules can be performed In parallel either on a solid surface or in tiny compartments in water/oil emulsion. The DNA sample to be sequenced can be diluted and/or dispersed sufficiently to obtain one molecule in each compartment. l'his dilution can be followed by DNA amplification to generate copies of the original DNA sequences and creating "clusters" of molecules all having the same sequence. These clusters can then be sequenced. Many millions of reads can be generated in one run. Sequence can be generated starting at the 5' end of a given strand of an amplified sequence and/or sequence can be generated from starting from the 5' end of the complementary sequence. In a preferred embodiment, sequence from sirands is generated, i.e. paired end reads.
(00991 The prevalence of a particular sequence in the original DNA sequence can then be measured by counting how many clusters carry that sequence. More prevalent sequences in the original sample lead to more compartments and more clusters containing the specific sequences.
[001001 Methods can be used in the amplification schemes to ensure that the frequency of the DNA sequences measured matches the frequency of the DNA sequence in the original sample. The methods can include ensuring that PCR primer concentration are high enough to drive each hybridization reaction to saturation in each cycle, adjusting individual primer concentrations to minimize the differential amplification of different sequences, etc. [001011 Algorithms can be used to determine which sequences generated by the sequencer originate from the DNA sequence. Individually measured sequences (reads) may be offset relative to each other, contain errors introduced by amplification end/or by sequencing. An algorithm can be used to combine reads together to more accurately determine the frequency of a DNA sequence in the starting material.
1001021 A million sequencing reads or more for IgH and/or TCR originally amplified from a blood sample comprising DNA or RNA can he obtained. The number of reads for a specific Igil or TCR sequence relate to the frequency of the specific clonotype in the blood sample. Therefore, the quantity of each of the clonotypes can be determined, If the pathogenic clonotypes for a particular patient are known, their level can be determined accurately through this sequencing approach.
1001031 In certain embodiments of the provided invention, a collection of DNA molecules including a representation of the genomic DNA or reverse transcribed RNA from the TCR and 3CR regions of immune cells from one or more subjects is extracted and optionally amplified in such a way that each molecule can be sequenced using one or more of the sequencing techniques described above in order to be able to detect the presence and frequency of sequences in a subject [001041 Different regions ofimrnunoglobulin or T cell receptor genes can be sequenced. In some embodiments, the full sequence of the variable regions can be sequenced to identify and quantify a clonotype.
[001051 A unique subset of the full clonal sequences can be sequenced. In some embodiments, nucleotides comprising the VI) and the DJ junctions are sequenced to uniquely identify and quantify a clonutype. In other embodiments, the fragment that can be sequenced is the full variable region. In yet another embodiment, the antigen recognition region or the complementarity determining region 3 (CDR3) is sequenced. A fragment containing the fUll CDR3 or the full variable region can be amplified to allow the sequencing of the CDR3 comprising parts of the V, D, and J segments.
1001061 One or more tags on amplified products can be used for sequencing inununoglobulin or T cell receptor genes-One or more primers that anneal to the tags can be used in the sequencing reactions. Different sections of an amplified molecule can be sequenced in separate reactions, and the sequencing results can be pieced together to generate a partial or a fill sequence of the molecule.
1001071 In one embodiment, only the CDRJ is amplified and sequenced. Amplification and sequencing of the CDR3 can be accomplished by using primers specific to one or more V segment sequences (as well as one or more primer(s) on the other side of the amplicon in the C segment). Primers for each of the V segments can be utilized in one or more amplification reactions leading to the amplification of the fUll repertoire of sequences.
This repertoire of sequences can then be mixed and subjected to separation, with or without ampliflcaticn, and sequenced using any of the sequencing techniques described. When the amplification with the various V primers is done in separate tubes, the number of molecules carrying the different V segments can be "normalized" due to PCR saturation. For example, if one particular V segment had one or several clonal expansions leading to its representation more than other segments this information may be erased or decreased since the PCR reaction for each segment can be driven to saturation or close to it. Real time PCR can be used to quantify hnw much of each V segment is present. The fill CDR3 can be sequenced, or a subset of the sequence CDR3 can be sequenced.
[001081 In one embodiment, only a subset of clonotypes is analyzed. This can be accomplished by amplifying with a primer specific to the subset of clonotypes, for example, a primer that is specific to the V segment.
Unique clonotypes can be identified by sequencing with long contiguous reads that provide full connectivity. In some embodiments, when several sequences of interest are present, a short read length across only one of the junctions can generate degenerate tags that are not unique to a specific clonotype but are shared among multiple clonotypes. For example sequencing across the V/Jjunction can lump all the sequences with the same V/i irrespective of the D segment as one clonotype. Information on the fhll connectivity of all segments allows sequences to be distinguished that may share the same V and J segments but are connected to different D segments, for example.
1001091 The sante analysis can be done when only the V and D are present (e.g., the light chain of an antibody or the a subunit in TCR). The full diversity of TOt and BCR incorporates both subunits. However, it is possible to do the analysis on the sequences of both subunits.
[001101 Errors generated by sequencing and/or by amplification can be taken into account when generating the clonotype profile. For example, see Example 5.
[001111 The initial amplification can be done from DNA or RNA (e.g., after conversion to cDNA).
IL Methods for determining correlating clonotypes. disease activity scores, and algorithms for determininn either or both A. Correlating versus non-correlating clonotypes [00112] The vast repertoire of T and B cell receptor sequences creates a challenge in finding individual cells that are correlated with specific human health outcomes. In many cases the sequences of clonotypes that will be of interest will be unique to the individual being studied. The methods of the present invention provide means for distinguishing a) correlating clonotypes (which can be those clonotypes whose level correlate with disease) from b) non-correlating clonotypes (which can be those clonotypes whose levels do not correlate with disease).
In one embodiment, a correlating clonotype can display either positive or negative correlation with disease. In another embodiment, a clonotype present at a peak state of a disease but not present at a non-peak state of a disease can be a correlating clonotype (positive correlation with disease). In another embodiment, a clonotype that is more abundant (i.e. is present at a higher level of molecules) in a peak state (or stage) of a disease than at a non-peak state of the disease can be a correlating clonotype (positive correlation with the disease). In another embodiment, a clonotype absent at a peak state of a disease but present during a non-peak state of the disease can be a correlating clonotype (negative correlation with disease). In another embodiment, a clonotype that is less abundant at a peak state of a disease than at a non-peak state of a disease can be a correlating clonotype (negative correlation with disease). In another embodiment, a correlating clonotype for an individual is determined by an algorithm.
B. Discovering.cyelating and non-correlating clonotypes nsig calibration test withouta population study [001131 In this embodiment of the invention, correlating clonotypes are identified by looking at the clonotypes present in some sample that has relevance to a disease state (e.g., see HG. 14). This state could be blood from a sample at a peak state of disease (e.g. a blood sample from an MS or lupus patient during an acute flare), or affected tissue that is presumed to be enriched for T and B cells involved in the discase for that individual.
Examples of these tissues could be kidney biopsies of lupus patients with kidney inflamniations, CSF in MS patients during a flare, syno vial fluid for rheumatoid arthritis patients, or tumor samples from cancer patients.
In all of these examples, it is likely that the tissues will contain relevant T and B cells that are related to the disease (though not necessarily the causative agents). It is notable that if this method is used to identify the clonotypes that are relevant to disease, they will ouly be relevant to the individual in whose sample they were detected. As a result, a specific calibration test will be needed in order to use this method to identify correlating clonotypes in any given individual with a disease.
[00114] In one embodiment, a method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes in a subject is provided. The method can include steps for a) generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individual, spatially isolated molecules from at least one sample from the subject, wherein the at least one sample is related to a first state of the disease, and b) determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the subject based on the one or more clonotype profiles.
[001151 In one embodiment, at least one sample is from a tissue affected by the disease. In another embodiment, said determination of one or more correlating clonotypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples. In another embodiment, the first state of the disease is a peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, the one or more correlating clonotypes are absent in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, one nr more correlating clonotypes are high in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, one or more correlating clonotypes are low in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, the sample comprises T-cells and/or B-cells, In another embodiment, the T-celts and/or B-cells comprise a subset of T-cells and/or B-cells. In another embodiment, the subset of T-cells and/or B-cells are enriched by interaction with a masker. In another embodiment, the marker is a cell surface marker en the subset of T-cells and/or B-cells. In another embodiment, the subset of T-cells and/or B-cells interacts with an antigen specifically present in the disease.
1001161 In one embodiment, the disease is an autoimmune disease. In another embodiment, the autoimmune disease is systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, or Ankylosing Spondylitis.
C. Discovering correlating and non-correlating clonotypes using a population study [001 17} In one embodiment, a method is provided for identifying correlating clonotypes using a population study (e.g., see FIG. 15). The utility of the population study is that it allows the specilicinformntion about correlating clonotypes that have been ascertained in individuals with known disease state outcomes to be generalized to allow such correlating clonotypes to be identified in all future subjects without the need for a calibration test. Knowledge of a specific set of correlating clonotypes can be used to extract rules about the likely attributes (parameters) of clonotypes that will correlate in future subjects.
1001181 In one embodiment, the provided invention encompasses methods that include identifying correlating and non correlating clonotypes by sequencing the immune cell repertoire in a study of samples from patients with disease(s) and optionally healthy controls at different times and, in the case of the patients with a disease, at different (and known) states of the disease course characterized by clinical data The disease can be, for example, an autoisnmune disease. The elonotypes whose level is correlated with measures of disease in these different states can be used to develop an algorithm that predicts the identity of a Inrger set of sequences that will correlate with disease as distinct from those that will not correlate with disease in all individuals. Unlike the case of the calibration test, correlating sequences need not have been present in the discovery study but can be predicted based on these sequences. For example, a correlating sequence can be TCIt gene DNA sequence that encodes the same amino acid sequence as the DNA sequence of a clonotype identified in the discovery study. Furthermore, the algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes can be used to identify clonotypes in a sample from any individual and is in no way unique to a given individual, thus allowing the correlating clonotypes to be predicted in a novel sample without prior knowledge of the clonotypes present in that individual.
(001191 In one aspect, a method for developing an algorithm that predicts one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with a disease is provided comprising: a) generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b) identifying one or mote correlating ctonotypes from the set of samples, c) using sequence parameters and/or fbnctional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to develop an algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease.
1001201 In one embodiment, the set of samples are taken from one or more tissues affected by the disease.
1001211 In another embodiment, the identifying one or more correlating clonotypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples. In another embodiment, the functional data include binding ability of markers in T-cell and/or B-cells or interaction with antigen by a T-cell or B cell. In another embodiment, said sequence parameters comprise nucleic acid sequence and predicted amino acid sequence, In another embodiment, the samples are from one or more individuals at a peak stage of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, said one or more correlating clonotypes are at a high level in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, one or more correlating elonotypes are at a low level in the peak state of the disease. In another embodiment, one or more correlating clonotypes are absent at the peak state of the disease.
1001221 In one embodiment, the disease is an autoimmune disease. In another embodiment, the autoinimune disease is systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, or Ankylosing Spondylitis.
100123] In another aspect, a method for discovering one or more correlating clonotypes for an individual is provided, comprising a) inputting a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual into an algorithm, and b) using the algorithm to determine one or more correlating clonotypes for the individual. The algorithm can be an algorithm developed by: a) generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b) identifying one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, and c) using sequence parameters and/or functional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to develop the algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease.
D. Discovering correlating and non correlating clonotypes using a calibration test combined with a ponulation study [001241 In one embodiment of the invention the correlating clonotypes are identified by using a calibration test combined with a population study (e.g., see FIG. 17). In this embodiment the population study does not result in an algorithm that allows clonotypes to be predicted in any sample but rather it allows an algorithm to be developed to predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject for whom a particular calibration clonotype profile has been generated (e.g., see FIG. 16). An example of this could be the development of an algorithm that would predict the correlating clonotypes in a lupus patient based on the clonotype profile measured from a blood sample at any stage of disease after having first having had a blood test taken during a clinical flare state that was used to calibrate the algorithm.
125] In this embodiment the provided invention encompasses methods for identifying correlating and non-correlating clonotypes by sequencing the immune cell repertoire in a study of samples from patients of disease(s) and optionally healthy controls at different times and, in the case of the patients with a disease, at different (and known) states of the disease oourse characterized by clinical data. The clonotypes that are found at different frequency (or level) in the fst state than in the second state are then used to develop an algorithm that predicts wbich of the sequences found in the repertoires of each individual at the first disease state will correlate with disease at the later state in each individual as distinct from those that will not correlate with disease in that individual. Unlike the case of the calibration test alone, correlating sequences may be a subset of all the sequences found to be different between disease states. It is also possible that correlating clonotypes are not found in the calibration sample but are predicted based on the algorithm to be correlating if they appear in a future sample. As an example, a clonotype that codes for the same amino acid sequence as a clonotype found in a calibration sample may be predicted to be a correlating clonotype based on the algorithm that results from the population study. Unlike the previous embodiments, the algorithm is developed to predict the correlating clonotypes based on a calibration clonotype profile which is a olonotype profile generated in the individual for whom the correlating clonotypes are to be predicted which at a specific state of disease. In this embodiment the algorithm cannot be used to generate correlating clonotypes in a particular individual until a specific calibration clonotype profile has been measured. After this calibration profile has been measured in a particular subject, all subsequent correlating clonotypes can be predicted based on the measurement of the clonotype profiles in that individual.
(001261 In another aspect, a method for discovering one or more correlating ctonotypes for an individual is provided, comprising a) inputting a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual into an algorithm, and b) using the algorithm to determine one or more correlating clonotypes for the individual. The algorithm can be an algorithm developed by: a) generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b) identifying one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, and c) using sequence parameters and/or functional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to develop an algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease. In one embodiment, the sample is at taken at a peak state of disease. In another embodiment, the sample is taken from disease affected tissue.
E. Sequence related parameters that can be used to predict correlatinclonotypes [001271 In order to conduct a population study a training set can be used to understand the characteristics of correlating clonotypes by testing various parameters that can distinguish those correlating clonotypes from those that do not. These parameters include the sequence or the specific V. D, and J segments used. In one embodiment it is shown that specific V segments are more likely to correlate with some diseases as is the case if the clonotypes for a specific disease are likely to recognize related epitopes and hence may have sequence similarity. Other parameters included in further embodiments include the extent of hypersomatic mutation identified and the level of a clonotype at the peak of an episode and its level when the disease is relatively inactive. Other parameters that may predict correlating clonotypes include without limitation: I) sequence motifs including V or I region, a combination Vi, short sequences in Di region; 2) Sequence length of the clonotype; 3) Level of the clonotype including absolute level (number of clones per million molecules) or rank level; 4) Amino acid and nucleic acid sequence similarity to other clonotypes: the frequency of other highly related clonotypes, including those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes; 5) For the BCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype and/or the number of distinct clonotypes that differ by somatic mutations from some germline clonotypes; 6) clonotypes whose associated proteins have similar 3 dimensional structures.
F. Functional data to refine the determination of correlating clonotypes [001281 Further embodiments will make use of functional data to aid in identifying correlating clonotypes. For example, T-cells and/or B-cells containing certain markers that are enriched in cells containing correlating clonotypes can be captured through standard methods like FACS or MACS. tn another embodiment the marker is a cell-surface marker. In another embodiment T-cells and/or B-cells reactivity to an antigen relevant to the pathology or to affected tissue would be good evidence of the pathological relevance of a clonotype.
(001291 In another embodiment the sequence of the candidate clonotypes can be synthesized and put in the context of the full TCB. or BCR and assessed for the relevant reactivity. Alternatively, the amplified fragments of the different sequences can be used as an input to phage, ribosome, or RITA display techniques. These techniques can select for the sequences with the relevant reactivity. The comparison of the sequencing results for those before and after the selection can identify those clones that have the reactivity and hence are likely to be pathological. In another embodiment, the specific display techniques (for example phage, ribosome, or RNA display) can be used in an array format. The individual molecules (or amplifications of these individual molecules) carrying individual sequences from the TCR. or BCE. (for example CDR3 sequences) can be arrayed either as phages, ribosomes, or RNA. Specific antigens can then be studied to identify the sequence(s) that code for peptides that bind them. Peptides binding antigens relevant to the disease are likely to be pathological.
G. Generating an Immune Load algorithm [001301 An algorithm can be used to compute an Immune Load (e.g., see FIG. 18). The Immune Load can be used to make a clinical decision. Using data from an experiment, (e.g., an experiment comprising samples from subjects in a first state of a disease and samples from subjects in a second state of the disease), an algorithm can be developed that combines the information about the levels of the correlating and non-correlating clonotypes into a single score (Immune Load). The parameters of this algorithm can then be adjusted to maximize the correlation between Immune Load and the clinical data. For example, the clinical data can be a clinical measure of disease severity (e.g., the extent of lesions on an ME.! for a multiple sclerosis patient).
j00131J The correlating clonotypes used in generating a Immune Load algorithm can be generated using a calibration test, a population study, or a calibration test and a population study as described above.
[00132j Some of the factors that can be considered in combining the correlating clonotypes are the number of correlating clonotypes, their level, their rate of change (velocity), and the rate of change in the velocity (acceleration). Other factors to be assessed include the level of the clonotypes at the episode peak and at the inactive disease state [001331 In one embodiment, the Immune Load generated relates to an autoimmtme disease. Such a Load can be referred to as an Autolmm Load.
[00134j In one aspect, a method for generating an algorithm that calculates a disease activity score is provided, comprising: a) developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, b) comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state, and c) optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score.
H. Monitoring disease usingihe Load algorithm 1. Monitoring disease without a calibration test 1001351 In one embodiment of the invention the clonotypes and the Immune Load algorithm are determined using a population study (e.g., see FIG. 19). Immune Load can be used directly without having to first calibrate the individual patient. This test can be done when the patient is in any disease state. This test can be used to generate specific correlating and non-correlating clonotypes based on the algorithm developed above. Immune Load can then be calculated using the second algorithm generated in a population study. This score can then be used clinically.
[001361 Th another aspect, a method for monitoring the disease state of a individual is provided comprising: a) determining a clonotype profile from a sample from a subject, b) inputting the clonotypc profile information from a) into an algorithm, and c) using the algorithm to generate a score predictive of the disease state of the individual. The algorithm can be an algorithm generated by a) developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, b) comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state, and c) optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score.
2. Monitoringjlisease using a calibration test [00137] hi one embodiment of the provided invention the correlating clonotypes and the Emmune Load algorithm are determined using a calibration test or calibration test and a population study (e.g., see FIG. 20).
Immune Load can be used in the clinic by first conducting a calibration test This test can be done when the patient is in a state which is similar to the first state used in the study that generated the correlating and non-correlating clonotypes that arc used in the Immune Load algorithm. For example, this state can be a flare state of an autoim.mune disease if this is how the Immune Load algorithm was derived. This calibration test can then be used to generate the specific correlating and non-correlating clonotypes to be used in the subsequent disease monitoring tests. At a later point in the treatment of this patient, another test is done on the patient and Immune Load can be calculated using the algorithm generated in the discovery study, and the list of clonotype levels generated in this patient's specific calibration test. This Immune Load score can then be used clinically.
[00138] In another aspect, a method for monitoring the disease state of a individual is provided comprising: a) determining a clonotype profile from a sample from a subject, b) inputting the clonotype profile information from a) into an algorithm, and c) using the algorithm to generate a score predictive of the disease state of the individual. The algorithm can be an algorithm generated a) developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, b) comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state and c) optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score. In another embodiment, the method can further comprise determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the individual by any of the methods of the provided invention, and inputting information the one or more correlating clonotypes into the algorithm.
[001391 In one embodiment, the disease is an autoimmune disease. In another embodiment, the autoimmune disease is systemic lupus erythernatosus, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, or Ankylosing Spondylitis.
3. Other factors related to the use of Immune Load [001401 The same Immune Load may mean different things for different patients. For one, the full clinical picture of a patient needs to be considered. From a testing perspective, one may consider the velocity (rate of change of Immune Load over time) and acceleration (rate of change of velocity over time) in addition to the level of Immune Load in making clinical decisioas. For example if the Autolmm Load score is increasing (high velocity) it may be predictive of an incipient flare in an autoimmune disease.
[00141] Additional tests that can be integrated in the Load score, for example, an Autolmm Load score, include, for example, erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESRJ, C-reactive protein (CRP) levels, Anti-ds DNA, other autoantibody titers, complement levels, urine protein levels, Urine proteiiilcreatioine ratio, creatinine levels, blood urea nitrogen (BUN) levels, platelet levels, V/BC counts, hematorcrit (Ret), Hb, urinalysis results. Other tests that are related to SLE that can be integrated include, for example, CD27 level, CD27-t-+ cell level, INF-responsive genes (Baechler, EC et al. (2003) Proc. Nail. Acad. ScL 100: 2610-2615), and chemokine score (flauer JW et al. (2009) Arthritis Rheuni. 60:3098-3 107). Other tests not related to lupus include, for example, thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) test, triiodothyronine (T3) test, thyroxine (T4) test, liver function tests (LFFs), other autoantibodies, caiprotectin test, lactoferrin test, and synovial fluid analysis. The additional tests can include imaging test, including, for example, MR1, CT-scan, X-ray, and ultrasound.
[II. Determining disease states [001421 Because the immune system is so central to human health, the ability to measure immune responses has wide applications in medicine. This invention teaches the ability to use the immune system to understand underlying disease state when it is mediated by the immune system. This allows a very powerflul set of diagnostic and prognostic applications that use the immune profiles to inform the risks of wide variety of clinical outcomes and allow physicians to intervene more effectively.
A. Utility of immune profiling in autoimmune disease treatment [001431 The methods of the provided invention can be used to diagnose and treat autoixnmune disease in a subject. Autoimmune disease involves adaptive immune cells escaping the usual process conferring autoimmunity and attacking some target(s) on bodily tissue. Autoimmune diseases include, for example, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune inner ear disease, Behçet's disease, bullous pemphigoid, Celiac disease, Chagas disease, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus type I, Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroditis, 1-lidradenitis suppurativa, Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Interstitial cystitis, multiple sclerosis, rnyasthenia gravis, neuromyotonia, pemphigus vulgaris, pernicious anemia, polytnyositis, primary biliary cirrhosis, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, Sjögren's syndrome, and vasculitis syndromes. The stages of these autoimmune diseases can be diagnosed using the methods of the provided invention. Treatments can be suggested to a subject based on the stage of the autoimmune disease.
1001441 Clinical information regarding a subject with an autoimmune disease, or suspected of having an autoiramune disease, can be used to determine the disease state (or Autolmm load). Clinical information can be used to identify patterns of a clonotype profile that correlate with a disease state. Clinical information can include, for example, height, weight, eye color, age, gender, ethnic group, blood pressure, LDL cholesterol levels, HDL cholesterol levels, family medical history, and molecular marker information.
100145] Clinical information can include symptoms of one or more autoimmune diseases. For autoimmune hepatitis symptoms can include fatigue, hepatomegaly, jaundice, pruritus, skin rash, arthralgia, abdominal discomfort, spider angiomas, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, dark urine, pale or gray stools. For dermatoymyositis ([3M), symptoms can include rash (patchy, bluish-purple discolorations on the face, neck, shoulders, upper chest, elbows, knees, knuclcJes and back) accompanying or preceding muscle weakness, dysphagia, myalgia, fatigue, weight loss and low-grade fever, For Graves' disease, symptoms can include weight loss due to increased energy expenditure, increased appetite, heart rate and blood pressure, and tremors, nervousness and sweating. For Hashimoto's thyroiditis, symptoms can include mental and physical slowing, greater sensitivity to cold, weight gain, coarsening of the skin, goiter. For mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD)), symptoms can include features of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), scleroderma and polymyositis. For Pemphigoid, bullous (HP) symptoms can include mildly pru.ritie welts to severe blisters and infection, oral or esophageal bullae. For pemphigus, symptoms can include blistering of skin and mucous membranes. For pernicious anemia, symptoms can include shortness of breath, fatigue, pallor, tachycardia, inappetence, diarrhea, tingling and numbness of hands and feet, sore mouth and unsteady gait. For polymyositis (PM), symptoms can include muscle weakness, dysphagia and myalgia. For primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC), symptoms can include fatigue and pruritus. For scieroderma (systemic sclerosis), symptoms can include swelling and puffiness of the fingers or hands, skin thickening, skin ulcers on the fingers, joint stiffisess in the hands, pain, sore throat and diarrhea.
For Sjdgren's syndrome, symptoms can include dryness of the eyes and mouth, swollen neck glands, difficulty swallowing or talking, unusual tastes or smells, thirst and tongue ulcers. For systemic lupus erythematosus (SUE)), symptoms can include fever, weight loss, hair loss, mouth and nose sores, malaise, fatigue, seizures and symptoms of mental illness, joint inflammation similar to RA, butterfly rash on nose and cheeks, extreme sensitivity to cold in the hands and feet. For vasculitis syndromes, e.g., Wegener's granulomatosis, idiopathic crescentic glomerulonephritis (ICCIN), microscopic polyarteritis (MPA), pulmonary renal syndrome (PRS), symptoms can include fatigue, weakness, fever, arthralgia, abdominal pain, renal problems and neurological problems. The clinical information can be from one or more subjects at one or more points of time.
(00 146f The clinical information can include information regarding responses of a subject with an autoimmune disease to one or more treatments the subject has received.
(001471 The clinical utility of Autolmrn Load is discussed for specific autoimmune diseases below. Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use for the detection of disease activity in these diseases to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Autolmin Load or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial). The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for example, comparative genoinic hybridization (CCIFI), chromosomal rnicroarray analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA microarray, high-density oligonucleotide microarray, whole-genome RNA expression array, peptide microarray, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (EL1SA), genome sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) analysis, immunohistochemistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), PCR, Western blotting, Southem blotting, SDS-PAOE, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
J00148J For systemic lupus erythematosus, markers can include levels of erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), C-reactive protein (CR2) levels, Anti-ds DNA, other autoantibody titers, complement levels, urine protein levels, Urine protein/creatinine ratio, creatinine levels, blood urea nitrogen (BUN) levels, platelet levels, WBC counts, hematocrit (HcQ, Hb, and urinalysis results. Other tests that are related for instance to SLE that can be integrated include, for example, C027 level, CD27++ cell level, INF-responsive genes, and chemokine score.
1. Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLEl 1001491 The methods of the provided invention can be used to determine states or stages of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE or lupus). SLE is a serious autoimmune condition that often afflicts young adults (mostly females). It is characterized by inflammatory processes that can affect many organs including the skin, joints, kidneys, lungs, heart, and central nervous system leading to frequent disabilities and sometimes death. The disease follows a very unpredictable course marked by flare periods followed by quiescent periods of remission.
Nevertheless, patients diagnosed with SLE are seen regularly by a rheumatologist and treated with a variety of serious medications. These medications include steroids such as Prednisone and other immunosuppressants such as Celicept (mycophenolate mofetil), While these drugs can reduce organ damage they contain significant side effects including risk of infection and infertility. The unreliability for some of the symptoms (e.g., pain and fatigue) and the unpredictable disease course makes tailoring medication doses difficult, resulting in an overtreatment of some patients and under-treatment of others. As a result, the treatment of SLE poses significant therapeutic challenges to the clinician.
[001501 There are a number of standard methods a clinician can use to assess the activity of SLE. The status of the disease can be measured by observing the clinical symptoms of the disease. These methods include assessment of signs (e.g., skin rash) and symptoms (e.g., joint pain and fatigue) as well as lab results (e.g., urine proteinlcreatinine ratio, anti-ct DNA antibody, and blood counts). These clinical markers, however, can be lagging indicators of disease status and as such patients may respond only after weeks or months of therapy.
Furthermore, in some cases symptoms can be difficult to assess with precision (e.g., pain and fatigue). Other markers of inflammation, for example anti-ds DNA antibody, complement level (e.g., C3), C reactive protein (CR?), and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) usually lack specificity andlor sensitivity. Invasive methods such as kidney biopsy are impractical for routine use. As a result clinicians perform quite a frequent testing of their patients without a perfect measure of the disease status. The clinical symptoms and laboratory assessment are integrated in measures such as Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index (SLEDAI) and Physician Global Assessment (PGA). These measures are not done routinely in clinical practice and often fall short in several clinical situations.
1001511 Specific examples of the utility of Autolmm Load in making therapeutic interventions in SLE are discussed in greater detail in the examples section along with specific enabling studies that determine Autojmm Load.
2. Multiple sclerosis flWS [001521 The methods of the provided invention can also be used to determine states or stages of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) MS is an autoimmune disease that affects the brain and spinal cord (central nervous system).
Symptoms vary, because the location and severity of each attack can be different. Episodes can last for days, weeks, or months. These episodes alternate with periods of reduced or no symptoms (remissions). It is common for the disease to return (relapse). However, the disease may continue to get worse without periods of remission.
[001531 Because nerves in any part of the brain or spinal cord may be damaged, patients with multiple sclerosis can have symptoms in many parts of the body. Muscle symptoms include, for example, loss of balance, numbness or abnormal sensation in any area, pain because of muscle spasms, pain in the arms or legs, problems moving anus or legs, problems walking, problems with coordination and making small movements, slurred or difficult-to-understand speech, tremor in one or more arms or legs, uncontrollable spasm of muscle groups (muscle spastic ity), and weakness in one or more arms or legs.
1541 Eye symptoms include, for example, double vision, eye discomfort, uncontrollable rapid eye movements, and vision loss (usually affects one eye at a time).
1001551 Other brain and nerve symptoms include, for example, decreased attention span, decreased judgment, decreased memory, depression or feelings of sadness, dizziness and balance problems, facial pain, hearing loss, and fatigue.
1001561 Bowel and bladder symptoms include, for example, constipation, difficulty beginning urinating, frequent need to urinate, stool leakage, strong urge to urinate, and urine leakage (incontinence).
1001571 There is no known cure for multiple sclerosis at this time. However, there are therapies that may slow the disease. The goal of treatment is to control symptoms and. help the patient maintain a normal quality of life.
1001581 Medications used to slow the progression of multiple sclerosis can include, for example, immune modulators to help control the immune system, including interferons (Avonex, Betaseron, or Rebif), monoclonal antibodies (Tysabri), glatiramer acetate (Copaxone), mitoxantrone (Novantrone), methotrexate, azathioprine (Imuran), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan), and natalinunab (Tysabri). Steroids can be used to decrease the severity of attacks.
[00 1591 Medications to control symptoms can include, for example, medicines to reduce muscle spasms such as Lioresal (Baclofen), tizanidine (Zanaflex), or a benzodiazepine, cholinergic medications to reduce urinary problems, aritidepreinants for mood or behavior symptoms, and amantadine for fatigue.
1001601 MS affects women more than men. The disorder most commonly begins between ages 20 and 40, but can be seen at any age. MS is caused by damage to the myelin sheath, the protective covering that surrounds nerve cells. When this nerve covering is damaged, nerve impulses are slowed down or stopped. MS is a progressive disease, meaning the nerve damage (neurodegeneration) gets worse over time. How quickly MS gets worse varies from person to person. The nerve damage is caused by inflammation. Inflammation occurs when the body's own immune cells attack the nervous system. Repeated episodes of inflammation can occur along any area of the brain and spinal cord. Researchers are not sure what triggers the inflammation. The most common theories point to a virus or genetic defect, or a combination of both. MS is more likely to occur in northern Europe, the northern United States, southern Australia, and New Zealand than in other areas.
Geographic studies indicate there may be an environmental factor involved. People with a family history of MS and those who live in a geographical area with a higher incidence rate for MS have a higher risk of the disease.
1001611 Symptoms of MS may mimic those of many other nervous system disorders. The disease is diagnosed by ruling out other conditions. People who have a form of MS called relapsing-remitting may have a history of at least two attacks, separated by a period of reduced or no symptoms. The health care provider may suspect MS if there are decreases in the function of two different parts of the central nervous system (such as abnormal reflexes) at two different times. A neurological exam may show reduced nerve function in one area of the body, or spread over many parts of the body.
1001621 Tests to diagnose multiple sclerosis include, for example, cerebrospinal fluid tests, including CSF oligoclonal banding, head MRJ scan, lumbar puncture (spinal tap), nerve function study (evoked potential test), and spine MRI.
1001631 Like other autoirnmune diseases, MS follows an unpredictable course with acute flares and periods of remission. There are increasing numbers of therapies, each with side effects that range from serious (weight gain and depression) to life threatening (pancytopenia and PML infections), variable effectiveness in different patients, and high costs. At the same time, the lack of highly accurate and specific routine tests of MS disease activity make the challenge of effectively administering therapy complicated. Clinical episodes can be separated by long time periods (up to years in early stage disease) even without treatment. In addition, available medications reduce the likelihood of relapse but do not completely prevent them. Therefore disease activity is difficult to assess and thus, there is an inadequate short term measure of disease activity that could be used to measure whether a specific therapy is showing efficacy in a given patient by measuring the reduction in number or severity of relapses. The only other test available for monitoring disease activity is brain MRI to track the state of lesions as revealed with the aid of contrast enhancing agents such as gadolinium. However, such imaging offers only an integrated view of brain damage and lacks specificity and time resolution. Attempting to use MRI imaging to follow disease course on time scales shorter than a year is impractical given the costs, the lack of specificity and the dangers of excessive contrast exposure. As a result, patients are often treated at great expense for prolonged periods of time without any affective feedback that would allnw the physician to rnodif5e dosing and/or switch of add therapies.
3.. Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) [001641 The methods can be used to measure disease status for Rheumatoid arthritis patients. Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is a chronic, systemic inflammatory disorder that can affect many tissues and organs but principally attacks the joints, producing an inflammatory synovitis that often progresses to destruction of the articular cartilage and ankylosis of the joints. Rheumatoid arthritis can also produce diffuse inflammation in the lungs, pericardium, pleura, and sclera, and also nodular lesions, most common in subcutaneous tissue under the skin. Although the cause of rheumatoid arthritis is unknown, autoimniunity plays a pivotal role in its chronic ity and progression.
[00165] About 1% of the world's population is afflicted by rheumatoid arthritis, women three times more often than men. Onset is most frequent between the ages of 40 and 50, but people of any age can be affected. It can be a disabling and painful condition, which can lead to substantial toss of flmctioning and mobility. RA is diagnosed chiefly on symptoms and signs, but can also be diagnosed with blood tests (especially a test called rheumatoid factor) and X-rays. Diagnosis and long-term management are typically performed by a rheumatologist, an expert in the diseases ofjoints and connective tissues.
1001661 Various treatments are available. Non-pharmacological treatment includes physical therapy, orthoses, and occupational therapy. Analgesia (painkillers) and anti-inflammatory drugs, including steroids, can be used to suppress the symptoms, while disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (IDMARD5) can be used to inhibit or halt the underlying immune process and prevent tong-term damage. In recent times, the newer group of biologics has increased treatment options [001671 When R.A is clinically suspected, immunological studies can be performed, such as testing for the presence of rheumatoid factor (RF, a specific antibody). A negative RE does not rule out RA; rather, the arthritis is called seronegative. This is the case in about 15% of patients. During the first year of illness, rheumatoid factor is more likely to be negative with some individuals converting to seropositive status over time, Ri? is also seen in other illnesses, for example Sjögrea's syndrome, and in approximately 10% of the healthy population, therefore the test is not very specific.
1001681 Because of this tow specificity, new serological tests have been developed, which test for the presence of so called anti-citrutlinated protein antibodies (ACPA5). Like RE, these tests are positive in only a proportion (67%) of all RA cases, but are rarely positive if RA is not present, giving it a speciticity of around 95%. As with RE, there is evidencç for ACPAs being present in many cases even before onset of clinical disease.
(00169] The most common tests for ACPAS are the anti-CCP (cyclic citrullinated peptide) test and the Anti-MCV assay (antibodies against mutated citrullinated Vimentin). Recently, a serological point-of-care test (POCT) for the early detection of R.A has been developed. This assay combines the detection of rheumatoid factor and anti-MCV for diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis and shows a sensitivity of 72% and specificity of 99.70/u, 1001701 Also, several other blood tests can be done to allow for other causes of arthritis, such as lupus erythematosus. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), C-reactive protein, fill blood count, renal function, liver enzymes and other immunological tests (e.g., antinuclear antibody/ANA) are all performed at this stage.
Elevated ferritin levels can reveal bernochromatosis, a nilrnic RA, or be a sign of Still's disease, a seronegative, usually juvenile, variant of rheumatoid.
1001711 the term Disease modifying anti-rheumatic drug (DMARD) originally meant a drug that affects biological measures such as ESR and hemoglobin and autoantibody levels, but is now usually used to mean a drug that reduces the rate of damage to bone and cartilage. DMARDs have been found both to produce durable symptomatic remissions and to delay or halt progression. This is significant, as such damage is usually irreversible. Anti-inflammatories and analgesics improve pain and stiffness but do not prevent joint damage or slow the disease progression.
(001721 There is an increasing recognition among rheumatologists that permanent damage to the joints occurs at a very early stage in the disease, In the past it was common to start therapy with just an anti-inflammatory drug, and assess progression clinically and using X-rays. If there was evidence that joint damage was starting to occur, then a more potent DMARD would be prescribed. Ultrasound and MRI are more sensitive methods of imaging the joints and have demonstrated that joint damage occurs much earlier and in more sufferers than was previously thought. People with normal X-rays will often have erosions detectable by ultrasound that X-ray could not demonstrate. The aim now is to treat before damage occurs.
[00173f There may be other reasons why starting DMARDs early is beneficial to preventing structural joint damage. From the earliest stages of the disease, the joints are infiltrated by cells of the immune system that signal to one another in ways that may involve a variety of positive feedback loops (it has long been observed that a single corticosteroid injection may abort synovitis in a particular joint for long periods). Interrupting this process as early as possible with an effective DMABD (such as methotrexate) appears to improve the outcome from the RA for years afterwards. Delaying therapy for as little as a few months after the onset of symptoms can result in worse outcomes in the long term. There is therefore considerable interest in establishing the most effective therapy with early arthritis, when the patient is most responsive to therapy and have the most to gain.
(001741 Traditional small molecular mass drugs used to treat arthritis include, for example, chemically synthesized DMARDs: azathioprine, ciclosporin (cyclosporine A), D-pen.icillamine, gold salts, hydroxychIoroquine, lefiunomide, metbotrexate (MTX), ininocycline, and sulfasalazine (SSZ). Cytotoxic drugs include Cyclophosphamide.
[001751 The most common adverse events relate to liver and bone marrow toxicity (MIX, SSZ, leflunomide, azathioprine, gold compounds, D-penicillamine), renal toxicity (cyclosporine A, parenteral gold salts, D- penicillam.ine), pneumonitis (MTX), allergic skin reactions (gold compounds, SSZ), autoimmunity (0-penicillamine, SSZ, minocycline) and infections (azathioprine, cyclosporine A). Hydroxychloroquine may cause ocular toxicity, although this is rare, and because hydroxychloroquine does not affect the bone marrow or liver it is often considered to be the DMARD with the least toxicity. Unfortunately hydroxychloroquine is not very potent, and is usually insufficient to control symptoms on its own.
[00176] Biological agents (biologics) can be produced through genetic engineering, and include, for example, tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNPct) blockers -etanercept (Enbrel), infli.ximab (Remicade), adalimumab (Humira), Interleukin I (IL-I) blockers anakinra (Kineret), monoclonal antibodies against B cells -rituximab (Rituxan), T cell costimulation blocker -abatacept (Orencia), Interleukin 6 (IL-6) blockers -tocilizumab (an anti-[L-6 receptor antibody) (RoActemra, Actemra) [001771 Anti-inflammatory agents include, for example, glucocorticoids, Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs, most also act as analgesics). Analgesics include, for example, paracetamol (acetaminophen in US and Canada), opiates, diproqualone, and lidocaine topical.
[00178] The challenge of treating RA lies in the fact that the disease is a long term chronic illness with that can result in challenging disability for which a large range of treatments exist each of which has significant drawbacks. Many of the DMARDs subject the patients to significant side effects including increased risk for serious infections, cancer, or even autoimmune disease. Furthermore, the biologically derived drugs are very expensive, and the patient be subjected to frequent injections.
1001791 A dotter initiating therapy for a patient faces many possible options. It would be desirab'e to get rapid feedback once a patient starts therapy to understand whether the patient is responding to the therapy that is chosen before the clinical manifestation presents itself. Imaging is not sensitive and is expensive and many blood markers such as CR2 lack sufficient sensitivity. A test that would allow the physician to rapidly determine the state of the disease would allow him or her to adjust the therapy quickly to a more effective therapy, saving the patient from additional jbint damage and more effectively using the expensive therapies available.
1091801 A patient that has not experienced any acute flares since beginning treatment may in fact still be experiencing ongoing inflammatory damage to the joints that has not manifested itself clinicatly. A test that would allow the doctor to differentiate this state from the background would allow the therapy to be adjusted to try to bring the patient cleser to a state in which no ongoing joint damage is being experienced.
Specific examples of how Autolmm Load can be used in managing MS patients are described in further detail in the examples section of this document.
4. Ankylosing Spondylitis [001811 The methods can be used to detect disease activity for Ankylcsing spondylitis. Ankylosing spondylitis (AS, from Greek ankylos, bent; spondylos, vertebrae), previously known as Bechterew's disease, Bechterew syndrome, and Marie Strumpell disease, a form of Spondyloarthritis, is a chronic, inflammatory arthritis and autoinimune disease. It mainly affects joints in the spine and the sacroilium in the pelvis, causing eventual flsion of the spine. It is a member of the group of the spondyloarthropathies with a strong genetic predisposition. Complete ftision results in a complete rigidity of the spine, a condition known as bamboo spine.
1001821 The typical patient is a young male, aged 18-30, when symptoms of the disease first appear, with chronic pain arid stilThess in the lower part of the spine or sometimes the entire spine, often with pain referred to one or other buttock or the back of thigh from the sacroiliac joint. Men are affected more than women by a ratio about of 3:1, with the disease usually taking a more painful course in men than women. In 40% of cases, ankylosing spondylitis is associated with an inflanunation of the eye (iridocyclitis and uveitis), causing redness, eye pain, vision loss, floaters and photophobia. Another common symptom is generalised fatigue and sometimes nausea. Less commonly aortitis, apical lung fibrosis and ectasia of the sacral nerve root sheaths may occur. As with all the seronegacive spondyloarthropathies, lifting of the nails (onycholysis) may occur [001831 There is no direct test to diagnose AS. A clinical examination and X-ray studies of the spine, which show characteristic spinal changes and sacroiliitis, are the major diagnostic tools. A drawback of X-ray diagnosis is that signs and symptoms of AS have usually been established as long as 8-10 years prior to X-ray-evident changes occurring on a plain firm X-ray, which means a delay of as long as 10 years before adequate therapies can be introduced. Options for earlier diagnosis are tomography and magnetic resonance imaging of the sacroiliac joint.s, but the reliability of these tests is still unclear. The Schober's test is a useful clinical measure of flexion of the lumbar spine performed during examination.
[00 1841 During acute inflammatory periods, AS patients will sometimes show an increase in the blood concentration of C-reactive protein (CR2) and an increase in the erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), but there are many with AS whose CR2 and FSR. rates do not increase so normal CRP and ESR results do not always correspond with the amount of inflammation a person actually has. Sometimes people with AS have normal level results, yet are experiencing a significant amount of inflammation in their bodies, [001851 Ankylosing spondylitis (AS, from Greek ankylos, bent; spondylos, vertebrae), previously known as Bechterev/s disease, Bechterew syndrome, and Marie StrOmpell disease, a form of Spondyloarthritis, is a chronic, inflammatory arthritis and autoimmune disease. It mainly affects joints in the spine and the sacroilium in the pelvis, causing eventual fusion of the spine.
[00186] It is a member of the group of the spondyloarthropathies with a strong genetic predisposition. Complete fusion results in a complete rigidity of the spine, a condition known as bamboo spine.
[001871 There are dwee maj or types of medications used to treat ankylosing spondylitis.:l) Anti-inflammatory drugs, which include NSAIDs such as ibuprofen, phenylbutazooe, indomethacin, naproxen and COX-2 inhibitors, which reduce inflammation and path Opioid analgesics have also been proven by clinical evidence to be very effective in alleviating the type of chronic pain commonly experienced by those suffering from AS, especially in time-release formulations. 2) DMARDs such as ciclosporin, methotrexate, sulfasalazine, and corticosteroids, used to reduce the immune system response through immunosuppression; 3) TNFa blockers (antagonists) such as etanercept, inflixiniab and adalimumab (also known as hiologics), are indicated for the treatment of and are effective immunosuppressants in AS as in other autoimmune diseases; [001881 TNFa blockers have been shown to be the most promising treatment, slowing the progress of AS in the majority of clinical cases, helping many patients receive a significant reduction, though not elimination, of their inflammation and pain. They have also been shown to be highly effective in treating not only the arthritis of the joints but also the spinal arthritis associated with AS. A drawback, besides the often high cost, is the fact that these drugs increase the risk of infections. For this reason, the protocol for any of the TNF-ct blockers include a test for tuberculosis (like Mantoux or Heal) before starting treatment. In case of recurrent infections, even recurrent sore throats, the therapy may be suspended because of the involved immunosuppression. Patients taking the TNF medications are advised to limit their exposure to others who are or may be carrying a virus (such as a cold or influenza) or who may have a bacterial or fungal infection.
[001891 AS affects produces symptoms that are very common in the healthy populations. For example, a patient presenting complaining of severe back pain need not be experiencing an AS flare but rather might just have routine back pain. The physician is forced to make a decision about whether to treat these symptoms with expensive drugs with potentially severe side effects without a very precise view into the state of the disease.
CRP and SR do not provide a very precise view of the disease status. At the same time the course of the untreated disease can result in debilitating long term spinal damage. This state of affairs leads to a difficult clinical challenge and significant overtreatment is used. The availability of an objective measure that reflects disease activity can be of great help in the management of AS patients.
B. Utility of immune profiling in cancer detection (001901 These methods can be used to measure cancer risk. Cancer has become the leading cause of death in the industrialized world. Therefore methods of treatment of cancer are in great need. Many approaches fix cancer treatment are being attempted including the development of new small molecule drugs as well as antibodies targeting the tumor.
[001911 One set of methods that has been proposed is immunotherapy. Tumor surveillance is one of the functions of cells of the immune system. There are several categories of tumor antigens that are recognized by the inunune system. The first category is comprised of antigens that are novel generated by somatic mutation (point mutation or a translocation) in the tumor. Mother category consists of antigens from proteins that are only expressed in male germ cells that do not express MIHC molecules. The dysregutation of gene expression in many tumors may allow some of these antigens to be expressed. A third category includes antigens from proteins only expressed in particular tissues. The fourth category comprises antigens that are significantly overexpressed in the tumor tissue. Finally the fifth category includes antigens that result from abnormal posttranslational modification.
1001921 One of the properties of tumors is their ability to escape effective elimination by the immune system. It is thought that new mutations acquired in the tumor allow it to go from the equilibrium phase (where the tumor is not completely eliminated but its growth is held in check) to the escape phase where the tumor grows without effective control by the immune system. There are many mechanisms that tumors employ to escape the immune system. These mechanisms include the lack of specific antigenic peptides, or the co-stiniulatory molecules that can activate T cells. Other mechanisms include the tumor secretion of factor that inhibit T cells and the creation of a tumor-induced privileged site by creating a physical barrier separating the tumor from lymphocytes.
Inducing the immune system to better fight the tumor as a strategy for treating cancer is being studied and tested in multiple ways. One approach is the adoptive T cell therapy. This approach focuses on identifying T cells that are targeting tumor antigens through isolation of cells that are infiltrating the tumor andlor reacting to a specific tumor antigen. These T cells can be grown in vitro in conditions that enhance their effectiveness, like the use of IL-2 andlor antigen-presenting cells. The expanded cells are then infused back to the patient blood.
Another approach is to use of retrovirus containing tumor-specific TCR. These retrovirus can be infused in the patient in special cells that later secrete the retrovirus allowing it to infect T cells that then start expressing the tumor-specific TCR. Finally a common approach is the use of vaccination. The premise of this approach of therapy is that immunization of the patient with one or more of the tumor antigens will stimulate the immune system ability to fight the tumor. Immunization is often done with the use of an adjuvant like Bacille Calmette-Guerin (BCG). This approach has been successful in preventing viral-induced cancer as evident by the ability to prevent cervical cancers induced by HPV-l6 and HPV-lS. However this has been less successful in the treatment of other tumors.
[001931 Much of the improvement in mortality because of cancer has come about due to the availability of better early detection methods leading for instance to reduced rates of mortality in breast cancer and cervical cancers. The mutability of tumors makes their early treatment much more effective than when they are detected late. Traditionally, looking for cancer detection biomarkers usually involved looking for markers that are highly expressed in the cancer and are at low level or absent in the normal tissue. This has led to the identification of several tumor markers, like PSA. One problem with early detection of in cancer is that the greatest value in for cancer detection occurs when detection of biomarker is most difficult, i.e., the tumor is very small. Therefore in order to have an effective cancer detection biomarker that can distinguish patients with small tumors from those that do not, there needs to be a tremendous difference in expression between the tumor and the normal tissue due to the large difference in size between the tumor and the normal tissue. Additionally the marker needs to "spilt" efficiently to the blood or other body fluid to allow detection using a non-invasive technique.
100194] This invention teaches a novel mechanism for cancer detection using the immune cell response. In this view cancer detection is not achieved by the detection of a marker produced by the tumor itself but by the immune system response to the tumor. Specifically the profile of ICR and/or BCR can provide an insight on whether the body is mounting a response to a tumor or not. This can ameliorate some of the issues with current biomarkers. First the immune response is an amplification signal that can be easier to detect. Second lymphocytes pass through the blood regularly and hence the relevant biornarker may readily present and detectable in peripheral blood than traditional tumor biomarker. Finally the problem of "background" biomarker material generated by the normal tissue is greatly reduced. The great diversity of T andlor B cells provide a way to detect the relevant biomarker with high sensitivity and specificity, particularly with the recent availability of high throughput methods for DNA sequencing. The approach of using the immune system response to cancer to detect it leverages the foundations laid to this field by the promise of immunotherapy.
However the risk for the two applications is probably quite different. To use the immune response to cancer for its detection does not require that the specific elonotype be effective in treating the tumor but rather that it is associated with the immune response to the tumor.
[001951 Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use for the detection of cancer to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Load algorithm or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial). The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for example, comparative genomic hybridization (CGH), ehromosomal microarray analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA microarray, high-density oligonucleoticle microarray, whole-genome RNA expression array, peptide microarray, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), genome sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) analysis, immunohistochentistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), PCR, Western blotting, Southern blotting, SDS-PACW, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
C, Utiliyof immune profiling in transplant medicine [001961 These methods can be used to detect immune rejection of transplanted organs. Transplantation of organs have become an integral part of medicine with over 25,000 solid organ (kidney, liver, heart, pancreas, and lung) transplants and more than 15000 bone marrow transplants occurring in the US per year. These are generally complicated procedures done at tertiary care centers. To minimize the risk of transplant rejection, patients are often placed on immunosuppression for extended periods of time subjecting them to the risk of cancer and infections. Furthermore many transplants are rejected either acutely or years after the transplantation. In spite of these issues organ transplant remains an essential treatment modality as patients with organ failures have few other alternatives.
[001971 Solid organ transplant rejection primarily occurs due to response of the adaptive immune system to the transplanted organ. This is clue to the presence of alloantigens in the graft that are recognized by the host's immune system, The rejection can occur in three different phases. The first is the hyperacute phase within minutes of the transplant where preformed antibodies mount a response to the graft. The second is the acute rnjection that occurs in first weeks or months after the transplant. The last is chronic rejection that can occur years after the transplantation. Given these risks care has been taken to minimize the immunogenic differences between the donor and recipient. For example the risk of the hyperacute reaction is greatly reduced when the donor and recipient are matched for their ABO subtypes as well as tested for cross matching (determining whether the recipient has antibodies that react with the leukocytes of the donor). Similarly careful matching for the Major HistoCompatability (MHC) is done to reduce acute rejection. However given that MHC molecules are very polymorphic it is very hard to find to identify a perfect match. Monozygotic twins have a perfect MHC matching. Similarly 1⁄4 siblings are expected to have a perfect WtFlC match. Unrelated individuals that have the same detected alleles per the clinical test often have differences due to other polymorphic sites that are not tested in routine clinical practice. However even with perfect MHC matching from siblings, there is still a significant risk of rejection due to the existence of minor histocompatibility antigens, and indeed acute rejection is very common occurring to more than half of the grafts.
[001981 One might imagine that more aggressive testing of the MHC locus as well as identification and matching the minor histocompatibility antigens would significantly improve the graft rejection and possibly survival rates. While that might be true the limited numbers of available donor organs available makes this task impractical as more aggressive testing may significantly delay the identification of an appropriate graft to be used for each patient. Therefore, much of the progress that has occurred in the transplantation field was in the use of immunosuppressive agents to prevent and treat rejection. Currently many drugs are utilized for this purpose including: Azathioprine, corticosteroids, Cycinsporine, Tacrolimus, Mycophenolate Acid, Sirolimus, Muromonab-CD3, Monoclonal Anti-CD2S Antibody, Monoclonal AntiCD2O Antibody, and Calcineurin inhibitors, 1001991 Bone marrow transplant is most frequently used for leukemia and lymphoma treatment. Typically the recipient undergoes an aggressive regimen of radiation and/or chemotherapy to decrease the load of the tumor before the transplantation. Mature T cells from the donor can attack some of the host tissues in the inverse rejection that is called Graft Vs Host Disease (GVI{D). This is often manifested by rash, diarrhea, and liver disease. Careful matching of MHC can ameliorate but not eliminate this problem. One solution is the depletion of the donor bone marrow in vitro of mature T cells that are ultimately responsible for GVHD. One problem with this is that the same phenomenon that causes OW-ID may be responsible for some of the therapeutic effect of bone marrow transplant through the graIl vs. leukemia effect where donor T cells attack the remaining cancer cells. In addition depletion of donor T cells can expose to patient to the risk of being immunodeficient.
Therefore the risk and benefits have to be balanced when considering these approaches. Patients are therefore often treated with immunosuppressants to prevent as well as treat OW-ID.
1002001 Current management of bone marrow but even more so for solid organ transplantation rely heavily on the treatment with strong immunosuppressive agents. However given that these drags have significant risks they are used in a manner to balance risk and benefit. However given that the risk for a specific patient at a particular time is not well understood patients are treated with the dose where risk and benefits are balanced for the average patient. Tests that can predict future rejeotion events may potentially be very helpthl in tailoring treatment to the patients at the appropriate times they need them. This may result in reduction in the immunosuppressive doses or some of the patients while improving the rate of rejection and hopefUlly graft survival.
[002011 Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use icr the detection of transplant rejection to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Load algorithm or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteios, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial). The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for example, comparative genoniic hybridization (CGH), chromosomal microarray analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA microarray, high-density oligonucleotide rnicroarray, whole-genome RNA expression array, peptide microarray, enzyme-linked iminunosorbent assay (ELISA), genome sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide poLymorphism (SNP) analysis, immunohistochemistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), PCR, Western blotting, Southern blotting, SDS-PACIE, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
0. Utility of imniunej,rotijing in the treatment of infection 1002021 These methods have utility in guiding the treatment of infections particularly when these infections can exist in active and latent states. The advent of antibiotics for the treatment of infectious disease over the past century has made a great impact on life expectancy. Over the past decade molecular diagnostics techniques have taken a rapidly increasing role in the diagnosis and management of infectious disease. The excellent sensitivity and specificity provided by nucleic acid amplification has enabled the application of these techniques to an increasing number of applications. Many of the applications are used for the diagnostic evaluation of the presence or absence of infectious agents. For example the testing of sexually transmitted diseases is often done by a molecular testing employing nucleic acid amplification technique. Another set of application involve the assessment of the "load" of the infection in a patient with an already diagnosed infectious agent. An example of that is the assessment of HP! viral load in patients already diagnosed with AIDS. This test helps the physician in determining whether the state of the patient's disease and hence can provide guidance on the effectiveness of the treatment regimen being used.
1002031 It is sometimes helpful not only to consider the level of the infectious agent but also the immune response to the infectious agent One example where the immune response to the infection is used routinely in clinical practice is in hepatitis B. One aspect of hepatitis B testing relies on detecting the infectious agent through detection of hepatitis B antigens of by a nucleic acid amplification assay. In addition it is common in routine clinical practice to test for the presence of different antibodies that target the hepatitis B virus. The presence of anti-HBc [gM usually occurs in an acute infection setting, the appearance of anti-FlEe IgO indicates the infection is chronic. Similarly the emergence of anti-FIBs antibody signals clearing of the infection.
[002041 In one embodiment of this invention the value of the assessing the immune response to an infection is harnessed along with the sensitivity and specificity of the molecular testing. This can be particularly useful for infectious diseases that are chronic where the infectious agent remains latent in the body. The profile of the TCR and/or BCR can be used to assess the immune response to an infection. Sequencing can be used to obtain n profile of the ICR and/or 8CR allowing the detection of particular clonotypes with high sensitivity and specificity. To determine the specific clonotypes that correlate with disease several approaches are conceived.
1002051 Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use for the detection of infectious agents to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Load algorithm or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial), The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for exampte, comparative genonlic hybridization (COli), chromosomal microarray analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA microarray, high-density oligonucleotide microarray, whole-genotne RNA expression array, peptide microarray, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), genome sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) analysis, immunohistochemistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), PCR, Western blotting, Southern blotting, SDS-PAOE, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
E. Utility of immune profiling in the treatment of aging patients 1002061 These methods have utility in monitoring the state of the immune system in the aged. Older people suffer from a decline in the immune system called immunosenescencc that affects their ability to respond to infections and to raise effective responses to vaccines (Weinberger et al. , 2008). This is apparent from the high mortality rates due to pneumonia in the elderly (Office for National Statistics, 2005), and their susceptibility to hospital-acquired infections, such as Clostridium diflicile and methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (Health Protection Agency, 2008). Furthermore the decline in the immune system ability is thought to explain the increased rate of cancers in the elderly. In addition immunosenescence may conthbute to other major diseases of the elderly with significant component of inflammatory processes, like Alzheimer and heart disease, An ability to predict which individuals are most at risk for these deadly outcomes would be useful to geriatrics physicians as they make clinical decisions about vaccination, aggressive treatment of infections and hospitalization.
(00207J Many aspects of the innate and adaptive immune system are altered in immunosenescence. T cells lose responsiveness, macrophages have a decreased antigen-presenting capacity and altered cytokine secretion, natural killer cells have reduced toxicity, follicular dendritic cells cannot present antigen as efficiently, and neutrophils lose phagocytic ability. There is smaller pool of naïve T and B cells and an increase in the memory and elfector pool leading to a reduced diversity of I and B cell repertoires leading to the reduction of the ability of the adaptive immune system to respond to new antigens. In particular I cell repertoires that are associated with cytomegalovirus (CMV) are greatly increased and as much as 45% of the total T cell repertoire may be devoted to it. It has been noted that these expansions are less pronounced in centenarians.
1002081 Studies have suggested that immune markers can predict survival in the elderly. The degree of diversity of the B cell repertoire has been shown to predict survival in the elderly at least in one population.
Even though these global differences in TCR and BCR diversity were shown to predict clinical outcomes but these markers lack specificity. Deeper analysis of the repertoire data may provide significantly more prediction accuracy. For example, expansions responsive to CMV may have a different significance than other expansions.
[002091 In one embodiment of this invention, RNA from the T and B cells found in peripheral blood can be collected from a longitudinal cohort of aging patients whose clinical histories are followed for several years.
The TCRCZ and TCRD genes and the IgH, lgK and IgLgenes can be amplified in each of these cohorts at several time points in their clinical histories. Profiles of patients with long survival will be compared to patients with short survival. First, global measure of diversity can be obtained. This will include not only the number of different clonotypes identified but also their diversity. For example, is the V, D, J segment usage the same in the two groups or is one group more restricted in its usage? For example two samples may have the same number of independent clonotype but the clonotypes for one of the two samples do not cover many of the V segments. It is logical to expect that this sample would be less versatile in responding to a new antigen compared with the other sample whose clonotypes are distributed among all the V segments.
1002101 In addition to global diversity it will be determined whether expanded clonotypes in patients who had a long survival can be distinguished on the basis of some sequence parameter compared to clonotypes in patients who had a short survival, This approach can be supplemented by looking at clonotypes that respond to specific antigens. For example given the available evidence identification of CMV responsive clonotypes can have predictive power. Capturing T cells clonotypes that are CMV reactive in a discovery study can be done from a set of elderly as well as healthy patients. Sequences of these clonotypes can be studied to identify parameters that distinguish them from other clonotypes. Using this predictive algorithm of CMV clonotypes with the longitudinal cohort described above it can be assessed whether adding this information can add to the ability to predict the patient who survive for a long time from that who does not.
1002111 Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use for the detection of health in the aging population to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Load algorithm or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial). The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for example, comparative genomic hybridization (CGH), chromosomal microanay analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA tuicroarray, high-density oligonucleotide microarray, whole-genome RNA expression array, peptide niicroarray, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), genonte sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) analysis, ixnmunohistochemistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), PCR, Western blotting, Southern blotting, SDS-PAGE, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
F. Utility of immune profiling in the administration of vaccines [002121 These methods have utility in the administration of vaccines, The use of vaccination has led to a great reduction in the rate of infections of multiple organisms. One infectious disease that continues to have a significant health impact with over 30,000 deaths a year in the US is Influenza. Influenza vaccination has to be done yearly as the strain mutates rapidly. Most of the severe sequelae of the disease occur in the elderly.
Unfortunately the elderly often experience imniunosenescence rendering them inadequately responsive to the vaccination.
[002 131 In order to distinguish patients who arc responsive to vaccination from those that are not, a discovery study needs to be performed. In this population pre and (at one or more set time) post vaccination blood samples are available for a cohort of Influenza vaccinated patients with known Influenza outcome (i.e., were they later protected from the infection or not). TCR andlor BCR sequence can be obtained from these samples.
Clonotypes that are enriched after vaccination in each patient are determined. Enriched clonotypes in patients who responded to the vaccination are then compared to a control set of clonotypes (e.g., the rest of the clonotypes in the same set of patients) to distinguish the correlating clonotypes from other cloootypes. The algorithm to predict these clonotypes is then used to predict correlating clonotypes among patients who did not respond to the vaccination, Patients who did not respond may generate the same type of clonotypes as those that responded but at lower levels. Alternatively it might be that non-responders generate a distinct class of clonotypes. The number of correlating clonotypes identified in the non-responder may distinguish these kvo possibilities.
[002 141 With the correlating clonotypes identified, an algorithm is then built to generate a score for predicting likelihood of immunization. Data from the profiles of the vaccine-responders and those that do not respond are utilized to generate this algorithm. This algorithm can then be used to predict the likelihood of immunization in the next patient using the predicted correlating clonotypes from a sample obtained after immunization. The prediction is done through the application of another algorithm that has also been generated in the discovery study. It can optionally be aided (or substituted) by data from the pre-calibration to limit the search for correlating clonotypes to those that were enriched after immunization.
J002 151 Another embodiment of this invention contemplates the combination of the immune profiling tests with other markers that are already in use for the detection of response to vaccination to allow tests with greater sensitivity and specificity. Other molecular identifiers or markers can be used in computing the Load algorithm or for determining the disease state. Molecular identifiers can include nucleic acids, proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, and expression profiles of nucleic acids or proteins. The molecular identifiers can be of human or non-human origin (e.g., bacterial). The identifiers or markers can be determined by techniques that include, for example, comparative genomic hybridization (CGH), chromosomal microarray analysis (CMA), expression profiling, DNA microarray, high-density oligonucleotide microarray, whole-genome RNA expression array, peptide microarray, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), genome sequencing, copy number (CNV) analysis, small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) analysis, immunohistochemistry, in-situ hybridization, fluorescent in-situ hybridization (FISH), ICR, Western blotting, Southern blotting, SDS-PACIE, gel electrophoresis, and Northern blotting.
G. Utility of Immune profiling in the monitorine of immune hyoersensitivity (allerei) 100216] The adaptive immune system has evolved to respond to antigens that are associated with pathogens.
As is in the case of autoimnune diseases, the immune system can sometimes have the wrong target. Whereas in autoinimune diseases the immune system targets self antigen, in hypersensitivity reactions it mounts a response to harmless stimuli like medications, dust, and food. Hypersensitivity is very common with as many as 50% of the US population having allergy to an environmental stimulus, and it is caused by mechanisms. -39.
Hypersensitivity is divided into 4 types Type I hypersensitivity is the immediate type hypersensitivity and is mediated by IgE. Type II is often due to IgG antibody binding to cell surface-associated antigen. For example a harmless drug that bint to the surface of the cell can make the cell a target for anti-drug IgO in patients who happened to have these antibodies, Type III is caused by deposition of antigen-antibody complexes on tissues.
This occurs for example when the amount of antigen is large resulting in small immune complexes that can't be cleared efficiently and are instead deposited on blood vessel walls. Type IV sensitivity is a delayed type hypersensitivity mediated by T cells. Type I and type IV have the highest impact on human health.
[002171 In Type I hypersensitivity reaction the patient becomes sensitized to a harmless antigen (allergen) by producing IgE antibody against it. Later exposure to the allergen induces the activation of IgE-binding cells, such as mast cells and basophils. Once activated these cells cause the allergic reaction through inducing an inflammatory process by secreting stored chemicals and synthesizing cytokines, leukotrienes, and prostaglandins. The dose and the route of entry of the allergen determines the magnitude of the allergic reaction that can range from symptoms of allergic rhinitis to the life-threatening circulatory collapse in anaphylaxis.
Often the acute Type I reaction is later followed by another late phase that is plays a role in many of the resulting pathological processes. The late phase of recruitment of T helper cells and other inflammatory cells is essentially a Type IV hypersensitivity reaction. Some Type I allergic reactions include seasonal rhinoconjunctivitis (hayfever), food allergy, drug-induced anaphylaxis, atopic dermatitis (eczema), and asthma.
These are very common conditions with rising prevalence causing significant costs as well as morbidity and mortality. For example, Asthma is a chronic disease that inflicts -7% of the US population causing -4,000 deaths a year. Some of these diseases have some related aspects. For example, patients with atopic dermatitis are at significantly increased risk to have asthma. Food allergy can cause vomiting and diarrhea but can also result in anaphylaxis in a significant number of patients-30,000 cases resulting in -200 deaths per year in the US. Some of the same allergen that activates submucosal mast cells in the nose causing symptoms of allergic rhinitis can also activate mast cells in the lower airways causing bronchial constriction, a typical symptom of asthma. Some Type IV hypersensitivity reactions are contact dermatitis (e.g., poison ivy), chronic rhinitis, chronic asthma, and celiac disease. Celiac disease is a chronic disease caused by a non-IgE mediated food allergy. It is a disease of the small intestine caused by the allergic response against gluten, a component present in wheat and other foods. Over 95% of patients celiac patients have a specific MHC class II allele, the HLA-DQ2.
1002181 Treatment of hypersensitivity reactions differs, but they often had two aspects: the acute treatment and chronic management or prevention. Some of these conditions can be life threatening (anaphylaxis, and acute asthma) and involve immediate medical attention. The chronic management in general it involves trying to avoid the specific allergen. This may be effective when the allergen can be clearly identified (e.g., allergy to nuts), but this can be difficult when the allergen is present widely in the environment, like pollen or dust.
Therefore chronic treatment with medications is often utilized for some of these diseases (e.g., asthma and allergic rhinitis). The level of effectiveness of the treatment management is ultimately tested when the patient is re-exposed to the allergen(s). Therefore some patients may be subject to over-or under-treatment. Ideally a test that assesses the disease activity and the degree to which the patient is prone to mount a hypersensitivity response would be available. Such a test would allow the tailoring of treatment to the individual patient needs.
EXA1IPLES
EXAMPLE 1
Determinint the sequence of recombined DNA in a subject with an autoinimune disease [002191 A blood sample is taken from a patient with an autoinimune disease. CD4+ and CDS+ cells are isolated from the blood sample using antibody-coated magnetic beads. PCR is used to amplify the full variable region of the T cell receptor f3 gene. The amplified fragments are subeloned into vecton and transformed in bacteria to isolate the DNA fragments. The bacteria are grown to amplify the DNA, and dideoxy sequencing is used to sequence the variable regions of the T cell receptor (3 gene to identify the clonotypes. The sequencing information is used to generate a clonotype profile for the patient. A similar method is shown in FIG. 1.
EXAMPLE 2
Determining the state of an autoimmune disease 1002201 A sample of cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) and blood is taken from a patient with an episode peak of multiple sclerosis. CD4+ cells are isolated from the CSF and blood, and the CDR3 of the T cell receptor (3 gene is amplified by POR. The amplified fragments are subcloned into vectors and transformed in bacteria to isolate the DNA fragments. The bacteria are grown to amplify the DNA, and dideoxy sequencing is used to sequence the variable regions of the T cell receptor (3 gene to identify the clonotypes. The sequencing information is used to generate a clonotype profile for the patient.
[002211 Another blood sample is taken when the patient is at a relatively inactive state of multiple sclerosis.
The same procedure as above is repeated to generate a clonotype profile. Pathological clonotypes are identified as those that are high at the peak episode and went down significantly at the inactive state. Another blood sample is taken from the patient at a later state. At this time only a fraction of the T cell receptor f3 gene CDRJ regions are amplified and then sequenced. This subset contains the pathological clonotypes. The level of the various clonotypes is determined to assess the disease state of the patient
EXAMPLE 3
TCRU repertoire analysis: Amplification and sequencing strategy [002221 To study amplification of the TCR repertoire, TCR(3 chains will be analyzed, The analysis will include amplification, sequencing, and analyzing the TCRI3 sequences. One primer ACICGACCTCGGGT000AJ'LCA is complementary to a common sequence in C[31 and C(32, and there are 34 V primers (Table 1) capable of amplifying all 48 V segments. Cj31 or C2 differ from each other at position 10 and 14 from the J/C junction.
The primer for C[Jl and C(32 will end at position 16 bp and should have no preference for C131 or Cj32.
(00223] The 34 V primers are modified from an original set of primers published by the BIOMED-2 group in order to amplify all 48 V segments and all their published alleles as defined by the international ImMunoGeneTics information system (http://imgt.cines.fr/).
[00224] The BIOMED-2 primers have been used in multiplex in order to identify clonality in lymphoproliferative diseases.
Table 1. Primer sequences complementary to the different V families.
V segment family Primer sequence V20-1 AAC'PATGTTI'TGGTATCGTCAGP V29-1. T1'C'rGGTACCGTCASCAAC V9, 5-1, 5-6, 5-5, 5-8, 5-4A ACTCTATCCTGGTACCAACAG V9, 5-1, 5-6, 5-5, 5-8, 5-43 AQTQTGTACTQCTACCAACAG V9, 5-1, 5-6, 5-5, 5-8, 5-4C AC'I'GTGTCCPIISTACCA.ACAG V9, 5-1, 5-6, 5-5, 5-8, 5-4D AGTGTGTCCTGGTACCAACAG V9, 5-1, 5-6, 5-5, 5-8, 5-4E TCTGTGTACPGGTACCAACAG V7-3, 7-6, 7-9, 7-2, 7-4A CCCTPTACTOGTACCGACAG V7-3, 7-6, 7-9, 7-2, 7-4B occ'rrrpc'rccmccncc V7-3, 7-6, 7-9, 7-2, 7-4C V7-8, 16A V7-8, 168 V 7-7 V4-1, 4-3, 4-2A CGCVATGTArI'GGTACAAGCA V4-1, 4-3, 4-28 GGCAATOTA']J'rOGTACAAOCA V12-3, 12-4, 12-5 TTTCTGGTACAGACAOACCATGA V3-I TACTATCTtT'rGGTAPAAACACCACPC V25-1 CAAAATOTACTCGTATCAACAA V28, 10-3, 6-2, 6-3, 6-1, 6-6, 24-lA ATOTTCTGOTATCI3ACAAOACC V28, 10-3, 6-2, 6-3, 6-1, 6-6, 24-18 ATGTACTGGTATCGAcAACACC V6-4, 6-9A TGCCATGTACTGGTATAGACAAG V6-4, 6-98 ATACnOTCC'FJGPATCOACpJtO ViO-i, 10-2, 6-5, 6-9, 6-8, 27A ATATGT'FCTGGTATCGACAAGA Vi0-i, 10-2, 6-5, 6-9, 6-8, 278 ATATGTCCTGGTATCGACAAGA V10-1, 10-2, 6-5, 6-9, 6-8, 27C ACATGTCCTOOTATCGACAAGA V14 V 19 V 18 V 30 Vii-1, 11-3, ii-2A Vii-1, 11-3, 11-2 B CACAATACCCTTTACTGGTACC V 2 V 13 V 15 [002251 The use of the primers for amplification was tested with 34 synthetic sequences. The synthetic sequences contained on one side the sequence of one of the oligonucleotides and on the other side tie complement of the C primer. In between the two primers was 6 bp corresponding to the restriction enzyme site Cla I, All the synthetic sequences were amplified with the appropriate primers, and it was demonstrated through CIa I digestion that the amplification products were the result of amplifying the synthetic sequences and not through formation of primer dimers.
1002261 The Illumina Genome Analyzer is the sequencing platform of choice. In each lane, -15 million reads can be done. Twelve human and 96 mouse samples per lane will be run, and sequence tags will be used to distinguish reads of one sample from those of another. A two-stage amplification screen can be performed, as illustrated in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 2A, the primary PCR will use on one side a 20 bp primer whose 3' end is 16 bases from the i/C junction and is perfectly complementary to Cj31 and the two alleles of C132. In the secondary PCR, on the same side of the template, a primer is used that has at its 3'end the sequence of the 10 bases closest to the J/C junction, followed by 17 bp with the sequence of positions 15-31 from the I/C junction, followed by the PS sequence. This primer is referred to as C 10-17-PS. PS plays a role in cluster formation.
When the C 10-17-PS primer anneals to the template generated from the first PCR, a 4 bp loop (position 11-14) is created in the template, as the primer hybridizes to the sequence of the 10 bases closest to the J/C junction and bases at positions 15-31 from the J/Cjunction. The looping of positions 11-14 eliminates differential amplification of templates carrying Cj3 1 or Cf32. Ultimately, sequencing is done with a primer complementary to the sequence of the 10 bases closest to the i/C junction and bases at positions 15-31 from the 1/C junction (this primer will be called C'). C1O-l7-P5 primer can be HPLC purified in order to ensure that all the amplified material has intact ends that can be efficiently utilized in the cluster formation.
[00227] In FIG. iS, the length of the overhang on the V primers is shown to be 14 bp. The first PCR may be helped with shorter overhang. On the other hand for the sake of the second PCR, it can be advantageous to have the overhang in the V primer used in the first PCR as long as possible because the second PCR will be priming from this sequence. A very inefficient priming in the second [CR may cause limitation in the representation in the final data.
[0022$] A minimum size of the overhang that supports an efficient second PCR was investigated. Two series of V primers (for two different V segments) with overhang sizes from 10 to 30 with 2 bp steps were made.
Using the appropriate synthetic sequences, the first PCR was performed with each of the primers in the series and gel electrophoresis was performed to show that all amplified. In order to measure the efficiency of the second PCR amplification SYBR green real time PCR was performed using as a template the POt products from the different first PCR reactions and as primers Read2-tagl -P7 and Read2-tag2-P7. A consistent picture emerged using all 4 series of real time data (2 primary PCRs with two different V segments and two secondary [CR with different primers containing two different tags). There was an improvement in efficiency between overhang sizes 10 and 14 bp. However there was little or no improvement in efficiency with an overhang over 14 bp. The efficiency remained high as the overhang became as small as 14 bp because of the high concentration of primers allowing the 14 bp to be sufficient priming template at a temperature much higher than their melting temperature. At the same time the specificity was maintained because the template was oot all the cONA but rather a low complexity [CR product where all the molecules had the 14 bp overhang.
[002291 As illustrated in FIG. 25, the primary [CR. will use 34 different V primers that anneal to the other side of the templnte and contain a common 14 bp overhang on the 5' tail. The 14 bp is the partial sequence of one of the Illumina sequencing primers (termed the Read 2 primer). The second amplification primer on the same side includes P7 sequence, a tag, and Read 2 primer sequence (this primer is called Read2_tagXj7). The P7 sequence is used for cluster formation. Read 2 and its complement are used for sequencing the V segment and the tag respectively. A set of 96 of these primers with tags numbered 1 through 96 were created (see below).
These primers can be [-[PLC purified in order to ensure that all the amplified material has intact ends that can be efficiently utilized in the cluster formation.
1002301 As mentioned above, the second stage primer, C-lO-17-P5 (FIG. 2A)has interrupted homology to the template generated in the first stage PCR. The efficiency of amplification using this primer has been validated.
An alternative primer to C-tO-U-PS, termed CsegP5, has perfect homology to the first stage C primer and aS' tail carrying PS. The efficiency of using C-lO-17-P5 and CsegPS in amplifying first stage PCR templates was compared by performing real time PCR. In several replicates, it was found that PCR using the C-10-17-PS primer had little or no difference in efficiency compared with PCR using the CsegP5 primer.
[902311 The molecule resulting from the 2-stage amplification illustrated in FIG. 2 will have the structure typically used with the Illumina sequencer as shown in FIG. 3. Two primers that anneal to the outmost part of the molecule, Illumina primers PS (AATGATACGGCCACCACCGAO) and P7 (CAAOCAGAAGACGGCATACGAGAT) will be used for solid phase amplification of the molecule (cluster formation), Three sequence reads are done per molecule. The first read of' 100 bp is done with the C' primer, which has a melting temperature that is appropriate for the fliumina sequencing process. The second read is 6 bp long only and will be solely for the purpose of identifying the sample tag. It is generated using the Illuni.ina Tag primer (AGATCGGAAOAGCACACGTCTGAACTCCAGTCAC) The final read is the Read 2 primer, an Illumina primer with the sequence OTGACTGGAG1TCAGACGTOTGCTCflCCOATCT. Using this primer, a 100 bp read in the V segment will be generated starting with the 1st PCR V primer sequence.
[002321 A set of 6 bp sequence tags to distinguish different samples run in the same sequencing lane was designed, where each tag is different from all the other tags in the set by at least 2 differences. The 2 differences prevent misassignment of a read to the wrong sample if there is a sequencing error. The alignment done to compare the tags allowed gaps and hence one deletion or insertion error by sequencing will also not assign the read to the wrong sample. Additional features in selecting the tags was to limit single base runs (4 A or T and 3 C or C) as well as no similarity to the Illumina primers. In total 143 tags were generated with the premise that 96 of them will be used.
[002337 Real time PCR has been. performed with all 34 different primers using eDNA obtained from a blood sample. Different Ct values were obtained for the different primers. Each of the PCR products were run by gel electrophoresis and demonstrated a single band. In addition all 34 printers were pooled and a PCR was performed and again a single PCR band was obtained.
[00234! Amplification optimization [002351 The multiplex amplification can use all the V segments. One issue in amplification of different sequences is the relative amplification efficiency of the different sequences and the preservation of the initial relative quantity of the different sequences in the final amplified material. The relative amplification efficiency can be subdivided into different efficiencies of the distinct primer sequences as well as the different efficiencies of amplification of different sequences using the same primer. Efficiency difference can be due to distinct primer sequences. The reaction will be optimized to attempt to get amplification that maintains the relative abundance of the sequences amplified by different V segment primers. Some of the primers are related, and hence many of the primers may "cross talk," amplifying templates that are not perfectly matched with it. The conditions can be optimized so that each template can be amplified in a similar fashion irrespective of which primer amplified it. In other words if there are two templates, then after 1,000 fold amplification both templates can be amplified approximately 1,000 fold, and it does not matter that for one of the templates half of the amplified products carried a different primer because of the cross talk. In subsequent analysis of the sequencing data the primer sequence will be eliminated from the analysis, and hence it does not matter what primer is used in the amplification as long as the templates are amplified equally.
[002361 Since the amount of each template is not known in cDNA, set of standards have been generated using the 34 singleplex PCR reaction from eDNA. The product in each of these reactions comprised a plurality of sequences with one V primer. The different products were carefully quantitated to create a set of standards at the same concentration. A pool of all 34 primers was used and 34 real time PCR were performed using the pool of primers and each of the standard sequences as a template. Ideally all the 34 standards will show equal efficiency of amplification by real time PCR. That suggests that each sequence is amplified equally even though the presence of cross talk makes it unclear what primers are carrying out the amptificatiow This optimization is consistent with the goal of having equal amplification irrespective of the actual primers that is incorporated in the amplification product Increasing the total primer pool concentration significantly reduced the dynamic range as expected from increasing the efficiency of the amplification. Furthermore for templates that seemed to amplify more efficiently than the average, the concentration of their perfectly matched primer in the pool was decreased. Conversely for templates that were inefficiently amplified the concentration of their perfectly matched primer was increased. This optimization demonstrated that all the templates are amplified within 2 fold of the average amplification.
[002371 Ideally the primary PCR will have a small number of cycles to rninimi?e the differential amplification by the different primers. The secondary amplification is done with one pair of primers and hence the issue of differential amplification is minimal. One percent of the primary PCR is taken directly to the secondary ?CR.
Thirty-five cycles (equivalent to -28 cycles without the 100 fold dilution step) used between the two amplifications were sufficient to show a robust amplification irrespective of whether the breakdown of cycles were: one cycle primary and 34 secondary or 25 primary and 10 secondary. Even though ideally doing only 1 cycle in the primary PCR may decrease the amplification bias, there are other considerations. One aspect of this is representation. This plays a role when the starting input amount is not in excess to the number of reads ultimately obtained. For example, if 1000,000 reads are obtained and starting with 1,000,000 input molecules then taking only representation from 100,000 molecules to the secondary amplification would degrade the precision of estimating the relative abundance of the different species in the original sample. The 100 fold dilution between the 2 steps means that the representation will be reduced unless the primary PCR amplification generated significantly more than 100 molecules. This translate to a ruinimuni 8 cycles (256 fold), but more comfortably 10 cycle (.-1,000 fold). The alternative to that is to lake more than 1% of the primary PCR into the secondary but because of the high concentration of primer used in the primary PCR, a big dilution factor is can be used to ensure these primers do not interfere in the amplification and worsen the amplification bias between sequences. Another alternative is to add a purification or enzymatic step to eliminate the primers from the primary PCR to allow a smaller dilution of it. In this example, the primary PCR was 10 cycles and the second cycles.
[002381 Testing high fidelity enzymes 1002391 Enzymes with higher fidelity can be used to minimize errors. The assay has been optimized using Taq polymerase. In order to validate the use of Accuprime as well as Taq high fidelity a cONA with the pool of primers was amplified using Taq polyinerase, Accuprime, or Taq high fidelity. Each of the amplified material was then used as a template for 34 real time ICR for with each of the 34 V primers and the 1 C primer. The relative amount of the templates was quantitated. A high correlation (z40.95) between the concentration of each template in the Accuprime, Taq high fidelity and Taq was found, validating the use of these high fidelity enzymes.
[002401 Validation of amplification conditions [00241] The optimization was done using a pool of pruners on the standard template not with the cDNA background. The goal was to obtain validation for these results in cDNA mixture. In order to show reproducibility, pooi of oligos to amplify cONA in duplicates were used, Each of the 34 products were quantitated in each of the two amplifications. As shown in FIG. 5, the reproducibility was excellent.
[002421 For FIG. 5, two primary PCR reactions were performed using the pooled TCRI3 primers and the C primer and one cONA sample as a template. The relative abundance in each of the amplified material of template that is ampliflable with each of the 34 V primers (arid the one C primer) was assessed using real time PCR. Using each of the two amplified products as a template, thirty four different real time PCR reactions were performed using the C primer and one of the V primers in each reaction. The relative abundance determined by real time PCR was highly reproducible using all the V primers between for the two samples, indicating that the multiplexed amplification is highly reproducible. The cycle number (Ct value) for each of the real time PCR amplifications using the one multiplexed amplification product as a template is shown on the X axis and using the second multiplexed amplification product as a template is depicted on the V axis.
[00243] In order to assess the amplification bias a similar technique can be employed. The pool of oligos can be used to amplify using cDNA as a template. Then the amount of template amplified by each of the 34 different primers (along with C segment primer) a can be quantitated using real time PCR and that amount can be compared with the amount amplified using the same primer from the cDNA. However, since there is cross talk even if the relative abundance among the internal sequences in the amplified product and the cDNA were the same, big differences using this readout may be detected. To alleviate this issue 12 oligos were designed that can when used with C segment primer amplify sequences internal to the V segment primers. If optimization was done appropriately, then the concentration of these internal sequences should change little between the eDNA and the amplified products. This is shown is FIG. 6.
[002441 For FIG. 6, a eDNA sample was used as a template for a multiplexed amplification using the pooled TCR{3 primers and the C printer. The C primer and primers were used that are downstream (to be named internal pnmers) of the V primers used for the initial amplification and the material from the multiplex amplification material as a template to assess the relative abundance of the different sequences. Similarly real time PCR. was used to assess the relative abundance of these sante sequences in the cDNA. If the multiplexed amplification had great bias, the relative abundance in the amplified material can be very different from that in the eDNA. As can be seen in FIG. 6, high correlation was seen demonstrating minimal amplification bias in the multiplexed amplification. The cycle number (Ct value) for each of the real time PCR amplification using internal printers, and eDNA and the multiplexed amplification product as template is shown on X and V axis, respectively.
[00245J Sequencing TCRD [00246] Six multiplexed amplifications with the pooled oligos and one eDNA sample as a template were used.
Three of each of the amplifications were done with Accupritne and another 3 with high fidelity Taq. Two amplifications with each enzyme used eDNA that correspond to 500 ng initial RNA, and one amplification with each enzyme used 10 times less eDNA. For each of the six reactions a primary and secondary PCR. was performed and the amplified material was sequenced using the Ellumina platform and the scheme described above. 100 bp sequence from each side was obtained. The primary analysis of the data was done using the same concepts described below.
[00247] To assess reproducibility of the assay it was determined whether clonotype levels are consistent in the duplicate experiments. As shown in FIGs. SA-C, high correlation is obtained when the same enzyme and starting input eDNA amount was used (each of the 2 comparisons had r2= 0.944). When different enzymes were used the correlation gets worse (median correlation for the 4 possible combinations r0.93 l) and it is only modestly reduced (r" 0.924) when the 2 enzymes were used to amplify smaller input cDNA (corresponding to only 50 ng RNA).
1002481 For FIG. 8, identical sequences in each sample were identified. Then to deal with sequencing errors some clonotypes were coalesced to form larger clonotypes using the general approaches described in the section of primary analysis of sequence. The counts of clonotypes were then computed in each sample. A fraction of the clonotypes (not shown in the figure) were present in one sample but not another, likely due to the algorithm coalescing them with another clonotype in one sample but not the other. The frequency of clonotypes in a sample is then computed as its number of counts divided by the total number of reads obtained for that sample.
For example if 1,000 counts are observed for a clonotype in a sample with 1,000,000 reads, its frequency is computed as 0.1%. FIG. 8A shows the log10 of' the frequency of each clonotype in the two duplicate samples using Accup rime and eDNA corresponding to 500 ng of KNA as input template, The correlation (r2) between these duplicates is 0.944. FIG. 811 depicts the log0 of the frequency of each clonotype using eDNA corresponding to 500 ng of RNA as input template and Accuprime (X axis) or High fidelity Taq (V axis). There are 4 comparisons with this combination with a median correlation r2=0.93 I. The one shown in the figure has ?=0.929. FIG. 8C shows the Iog1, of the frequency of each clonotype using eDNA corresponding to 50 ng of RNA as input template and Accuprime (X axis) or High fidelity Taq (Y axis). The observed correlation ?=0.924.
[002491 These results validate the reproducibility of the assay, and conform to the expectation that reproducibility gets worse when different enzymes are compared. Further reduction is seen when lower amount of input eDNA is used reflecting that lower representation in the input material leads to poorer precision in reflecting the relative abundance of the different clonotypes in the blood. Additionally it is possible some of the reduction in the correlation is due to the additional amplification (10 fold) needed for the lower input, but this is likely to be the minor effect given the evidence for the high reproducibility of the amplification.
EXAMPLE 4
lgH repertoire analysis: Amjification and sequencinc strategy {00250} One difference between amplification of CDR3 in TCRII and IgH is that multiple primers for each V sequence will be used in investigation of IgH due to the possibility of somatic mutations in lgH. Three different primers for each V segment will be used. The primers are in regions avoiding the CDRs, which have the highest somatic mutations. Three different amplification reactions will be performed. In each reaction, each of the V segments will be amplified by one of the three primers and all will use the same C segment primers. The primers in each reaction will be approximately the same distance from the V-D joint. Assuming the last position of the V segment as 0, then the first set of primers (A) have the 3' end at approximately -255, the second (B) have the 3' end at approximately -160, and the third (C) have the 3' end at approximately -30. Given the homology between several V segments, to amplil' all the 48V segments and the many known alleles (as defined by the international ImMunoGeneTics information system http://imgt.cines.fr/) 23, 33, and 32 primers in the A, B, and C frames respectively, will be needed. The list of primers are shown in Tables 2, 3, and 4.
Table 2 Frame A primers Sequence frame A IGHV1_1 CCTCAGTGGGTCTCCTGCAAGG 1GM V1_2 CCTCCGTGAAGGTCTCCTGCAAGG IG MVI_3 CCTCAGTGAAGGTTTCCTGCI1⁄2AGG IGHVI_4 GGGCTACAOPGAAAATCTCCTCCAACG IGHV2_1 WCCCACACAGACCCTCACGCTGAC IC MV 2_2 AAACCCACAGAGACCCTCACGCTGAC IC HVZ_3 AAACCCACACAGACCCTCACACTGAC IC MV 3_I CTGGCGTCCCTGACACTCTCCC IC HV3_2 CTCGGGGGTCCCTTAGACTCTCCTC IC HV3_3 CAGGGCGGTCCCTGAGACTCTCCTG IC HV3_4 CAGGGCCGTCCCTGAGACTCTCCTG IC HV3_7 CTGGACGGTCCCTGAGACTCTCCTG G HV3_8 CT000AGGTCCCTUAGACTCTCCTG IGMV3_9 PGGGGGGGCCCTGAGACTCPCCT IGHV4 CT-TCGGAGACCCTCTCCCrCACCTC IC HV4_2 CPTCCCACACCCTGTCCCTChCCTG IC HV4_3 CflCACAGACCCTGTCCCTCACCTG I GHV4_4 CTTCCGAGACCCCQTCCCTCACCTG IC HV4_S CGCCCACCCTGTCCC'rCACCTo IC HVS_]. GATCTCCTGTAAGGGTTCTGGATACAGCT IC HVG TCQCAGACCcWTCACTQAQC'I'CITG Table 3 Primers for frame B Sequence frame B IC HVB TGGATCAGGCAGTCcCCAPCGAGAG IC HV5_1 GCTGGOTGCGCCAGAPGCCC IGHV2_1 TGGATCCGTCAGCCCCCAGG IGHV2_2 TGGATCCGTCACCCCCCGCC 16 MV1_1 GPGCGACACCCCCCTGGACAA IC HV1_2 GGGTGCGACAGGCCACTGGACAA IC MV13 GTGCGCCAGGCCCCCGGACAA IGMV14 GCGTGCOACAGGCTCGTGGACI1⁄4A CMV 1_S GGGTOCAACACGCCCCPGGAAAA 161W 1_6 000'rcccAcAccc'rccpccAna 16KV 1_7 GPGCGACAGGCCCCCGGACAA ICHVI_8 GTGCGACAGGCCCCCAGACAA 16 HV4_1 TCCGCCAGCCCCCAGGGAAGG 16 I-1V4_2 TCCGCCAGCCCCCAGCGAAGG IG HV4_3 TCCCGCAGCCACCAGGGAAGG 16 HV4_4 PCCGCCAQCACCCAGGGAAGG IGHV4_S TCCGOCACCCCGCCGGCAA 16 HV4_6 PCCGGCAGCCGCCGCGGAA IC HV4_7 TCCGGCAGCCCGCTGGGAAGG IC HV4_8 PCCGCCAGCCCCTACCCAAGG 16 HV3_1 GGTCCCCCAGGCTCCAGGGAA IC HV3_2 GTTCCGCCAGGCTCCAGGGAA IC HV3_3 GGTCCGCCAGGCPrCCGGGA1 IC I-1V3_4 OOTCCGTCAAGC'rCCGGGGA IG HV3_5 GATCCGCCAGGCICCAGCGAA IC HV3_6 GGTCCGCCAAGCTCCAQGGAA 16 HV3_7 GGTCCGCC11⁄4GGCTCCAGGCA1 IGHV3fi GGTCCGCCACGCCCCACCCAA 16 HV3_9 GGTCCGCCAGGCTCCGGCCAJk IC HV3_1O GGGTCCGTC?thGCTCCA000AAGG IG HV3_11 CTGGGTCCGCCAAGCTACAGGAAA IG HV3_12 GGTCCGCCACCC'PCCAGGGAA IC HV3_ 13 GGTCCGGCAAGCTCCAGCGAA Table 4 Primes for frame C Sequence frame C IC 11V7 CTAAAGGCTGAGGACACTGCCGTGT IC HV6 CTCTGPGACTCCCGAGGACACGGCP IC HVS_1 AGTGGAGCAGCc'rGAAGGCCTC IC HV2_1 TGACCMCATGGACCCTGTGGACAC IC HV1_1 ACATGGAGCTCACCAGCC?GACATC IC HV1Z ACATCGAGCTOACCAGCCTGACATC IC HVI) ACATGCAGCTCACGAGCCTcAOATC 16 HV1_4 ACATGGAGCTGAGGAGCCTAACATCTGA IGI-1V4_ 1 GAGCTCTGTGACCGCCGCGGAC IC HV4_2 GàGCTCTGTCACCGCCGTGGACA IC I-1V4_3 GAGCTCTGTGACCGCTCCAGACACG IC HV4_4 GAGCTCTGTGACCGCTGCGGACA I GHV4_5 3AGCTCTGTGACTGCCGCAGACAC13 IC HV4_6 GAGCTCTGTGAYPGCAGCAGACACG I Cl-I V4_7 GAGCTCTGTGACIGCCGCGGACA IC l-1V4_8 GAOCTCPGTGACCGCGGACQCG I G HV4_9 GrPCPGTGACCGCCOCGGAC I G HV41O GAGCTCTCJTGACCGCCCCAGACA 16 HV4_1 I GGCTCTGTCACCGCTGACACGG IC HV3j CAAAPOAACACCCTGAGAGCCCAGCACA IC 1-N 3_i CAAATGAACAGCCTGAAAACCGAQGACA 16 HV 3_3 CAAATCAACAGT CTCAAAACCCACGACA IG RV3_4 CAATGATCAGCCTGn.CCGAGOACA 16 HV3_5 C?AXTOAACAGTCTcACAACTGACGACACC 16 HV3_6 IC HV3_7 cAPATGAACAGcC'rOAOAGCTGAGOACA IC HV3_8 CAAATCACCA000TGAGAGCTGAGGACA IC HV3_9 CMAtCkaCAGCtrGAoAcAccAccACA 16 HV3_10 IC HV3_11 IG HV3_12 CAAATOA.ACAGTCTQAGAGCTGAGCACA IGHV3_ 13 CMATQAGCACTCTGAGACCTGAGGACA [002511 On the C segment side, two sequences with one base difference between them (GCCA60060AAGACCGATGG, and GCCA00000AAGACGGATGCI) cover the four segments and the multiple known alleles of IgO. A scheme similar to the two stages of PCR for TCRI3 genes will be used. On the V side, the same 5' 14 bp overhang on each of the V primers will be used. In the secondary PCR, the same Read2-tagX-P7 primer on the V side is employed. On the C side a strategy similar to that used with TCRI3 amplification will be used to avoid variants among the different Igo segments and their known alleles. The primer sequence (AATOATACGGCGACCACCGAGATCTGGCI AM) ACOAT CiG 0CC Cfl GUT UClA) comprises the sequence of the C segment from positions 3-19 and 2 1-28 and it skips position 20 that has a different base in at least one of the different TgG alleles and the sequence for PS that is can be used for formation of the clusters as shown in FIG. 4.
[002521 All the primers in the 3 frames were successful in amplifying a single band from cDNA. Similarly the primary and secondary PCR strategy using the three pools of primers in the primary PCR showed a single band as shown in FIG. 7.
[002531 For FIG. 7, multiplexed PCR using 3 pools of primers corresponding to the 3 frames was done using cDNA as a template. After the primary and secondary PCR the products were run on an agarose gel. A denotes the PCR product from the pool of oligos of frame A. Similarly B and C denote the products of pools B and C. M is a marker lane. Single bands with the appropriate sizes were obtained using all 3 pools.
[00254J Ultimately, the 3 different reactions from a single sample will then be mixed at equimolar ratio and subjected to sequencing. Sequencing will be done from both directions using the two Illumina primers. 100 bp will be sequenced from each side. The maximnl germline sequences encompassing the D+J segments are -30 bp longer for BCR than TCR. Therefore if the net result of nucleotide removal and addition at the joints (N and P nucleotides) generate a similar distribution for lgfl and TCR, it is expected that on average 90 bp and maximally 120 bp of sequence after the C segment will be sufficient to reach the 3' of the V segment.
Therefore, in most cases, the sequence from the C primer will be sufficient to reach the V segment. Sequencing from one of the Illumina adapters should identify the V segment used as well as identify somatic hypermutations in the V segments. Different pieces of the V segments will be sequenced depending on which of the three amplification reactions the sequence originated from. The full sequence of the BCR can be aligned from different reads that originated from different amplification reactions. The sequencing reaction from the one end showing the full CDR3 sequence will greatly facilitate the accurate alignment of different reads.
EXAMPLE S
Primary analysis of human seqpeneedata 1002551 For each patient sample, approximately I million high quality reads of 100 bp paired-end reads each will be obtained. It is assumed these 1 million reads are independent, originating from 1 million or more RNA molecules obtained from 1 m.illion cells or more. Reads with low quality will be eliminated.
[00256] Au error rate of-l% will be anticipated. Error can arise either from the reverse transci-iptase, amplification during PCR or during sequencing. Error proofing enzymes for the PCR steps will be used; hence sequencing errors (-l%) will be the main source of error as the PCR error rate is less than 0.1%. The relevance of PCR and reverse transcriptase error wiLl be greatly magnified in situations where there is a bottle neck. A bottleneck can occur, for example, if over 100,000 RNA molecules is started with or one of the different molecular manipulation steps is inefficient so as to make the effective population of molecules 100,000. In these situations the same error that occurred due to PCR or reverse transcriptase can appear in many clusters.
[002571 Data will be obtained for TCRII and EgH. Given the somatic hypermutation in IgH and the difference in the amplification strategy, the primary analysis of TCR43 and Igil will be somewhat different.
TCR
[00258] On one end, the C' segment primer for sequencing will be used. The length of the V segment that will be sequenced will depend on the length of N+P nucleotides added. Given the average number of added nucleotides, about 40 nucleotides of the V segment will be sequenced. On the other end the Illumina sequencing primer P7 will be used. The sequence of 20 bp of V primer sequence followed by 80 bp of V segment sequence will be obtained.
[002591 Reads will be aligned to the germline V segments (including the different known alleles) to assign a V segment to each read. Reads that don't substantially match any V segments will be discarded front further analysis reads. A substantial match will be defined as one where there is no more than S errors. Given a random error rate of 1% it is expected that this scheme would discard <1% of reads due to error. The rest of the sequences will be assigned to the V segment that has the highest match. Primers amplifying V segments of the same family will often be highly related with one or a few bases difference between them. These primers can "cross talk", amplifying other family members. Therefore the beginnii g of the sequencing read (the primer) can be for a V segment that is different from the V segment the rest of the read belongs to. Such cases will be allowed and do not count as errors.
[00260! The sequences from the end of the V segment to the beginning of theC segment is evaluated. This sequence will be called the Di region. This sequence is on average 60 bases with a very small fraction as large as 90 bases. It is likely to be able to assign the.1 segment in most cases as the end close to the C segment is likely to be preserved. On the other band, the D segment may be difficult to assign given its small size (15-16 bp) and the trimming and addition that occurs on both of its ends. Of note is that when a J segment is assigned, it is possible to predict the D and C segment. After assigning the segment, the sequence of the Di region will be defined. En-or complicates this analysis more than it does for the C and V segment alignment for two reasons.
First error in the Di alignment can occur in either of the two reads being aligned effectively doubling the error rate of alignment of a single read to the database sequence.
[0026t] Additionally, one base difference in the C or V alignment can be readily attributed to error (except for the rare case of a previously andescribed V gerinline allele), and sequences having one base difference to a V
-SI-
segment can be assigned to have the sequence of the V segment. On the other hand it will not be clear whether a one base difference between two DJ region reads is due to an error or a genuine sequence difference between two clonotypes. There are two possibilities: the reads belong to the same clonotype but have errors, or there are two or more distinct clonotypes. Clonotypes will be designated as distinct when the chance of their emergence by sequencing error is low either because of their frequent observations or because they diverge in too many bases.
[002621 It is expected that PCR. error will be concentrated in some bases that were mutated in the early cycles of [CR. Sequencing error is expected to be distributed in many bases even though it will be totally random as the error is likely to have some systematic biases. It will be assumed that some bases will have sequencing error at a higher rate, say 5% (5 fold the average). Given these assumptions, sequencing error becomes the dominant type of error. Distinguish PCR errors from the occunence of highly related clonotypes will play a role in analysis. Given the biological significance to determining that there are two or more highly related clonotypes, a conservative approach to making such calls will be taken. The detection of enough of the minor clonotypes so as to be sure with high confidence (say 99.9%) that there are more than one clonotype wilt be considered, For examples of clonotypes that are present at 100 copies/i,000,000, the minor variant will be detected 14 or more times for it to be designated as an independent clonotype. Similarly, for clonotypes present at 1,000 copies/i,000,000 the minor variant can be detected 74 or more times to be designated as an independent clonotype. This algorithm can be enhanced by using the base quality score that will be obtained with each sequenced base. If the relationship between quality score and error rate is validated above, then instead of employing the conservative 5% error rate for all bases, the quality score can be used to decide the number of reads that need to be present to call an independent clonotype. The median quality score of the specific base in all the reads can be used, or more rigorously, the likelihood of being an error can be computed given the quality score of the specific base in each read, and then the probabilities can be combined (assuming independence) to estimate the likely number of sequencing error for that base, As a result, there will be different thresholds of rejecting the sequencing error hypothesis for different bases with different quality scores. For example for a clonotype present at 1,000 copies/l,000,000 the minor variant is designated independent when it is detected 22 and 74 times if the probability of error were 0.01 and 0.05, respectively.
[002631 After designating elonotypes that occur too frequently to be due to error as distinct or independent, criteria will be considered that allow designation of clonotypes as independent due to their differences in too many bases. It is expected that less than 0.1% of time, two reads will have more than 4 errors in 60 bp between them. Therefore this will be used as a cut off to consider two clones as independent or distinct. The algorithm that will be employed will be as follows. The clonotype with the largest number of counts (clonotype 1) will be noted, and it will be determined whether there are any other clonotypes that have the same V segment and have 4 or less base differences from it in the DJ region. Ef more than one such clonotype is identified, the largest of these clonotypes will be assessed first. The rule described above will be applied to decide whether to designate the clonotype as an independent clonotype or the same as the major clonotype. If it is not designated as an independent clonotype it will then be counted as if it has the sequence of clonotype 1. At the end of this exercise the sequence and counts for all clonotypes will be obtained. This approach ensures that clonotypes will not be designated as independent when they are not. However, some truly independent clonotypes may be misclassified (not frequent with low number of differences from the major clonotype) as being the same. This type of error will be much less damaging than considering two clonotypes as independent when they are not. Igil
[00264] For sequencing of the C segment end, the llluniina primer will be used. The first bases to be sequenced will be the C segment primer followed by 0-2 bases of C segment and then the DJ region. The primer sequence will identify which isotype the specific read belongs to. All or most of the DJ sequence can be obtained through the read from the C segment side. It is expected that the Di region will be on average 80 bp. Therefore, 100 bp read will encompass the C segment primer and the average Di region. Some Di regions may be as large as 120 bp, and their frill reading can include sequencing data from the V region (not counting those cases where 2 D segments are found in the same IgH).
1002651 The sequence of the Di region obtained from the C segment will initially be considered. The nwnber of each unique sequence will be counted. As discussed for TCR[3, some of the related sequences originate probably from the same clonotype but have some sequencing and PCR error. To designate two clonotypes as distinct, it will be determined whether the difference is very unlikely to have arisen through PCR error. The same scheme as above of demanding a minimum number of independent observations of the minor clonotypes or a minimum number of differences between the two clonotypes will be used. The same rules described for TCR to ensure that <0.1% of clonotypes are misclassified as distinct will be employed.
[002661 Sequencing from the V region wilt be done using an Illumina primer. There will be 3 different primers for each V segment. The primers will be placed at approximately -200, approximately -100, and approximately -30. The first sequenced bases will be the V primer sequence followed by more of V segment bases, The specific read to one of the three priming frames of a specific V segment will be assigned. The assignment will be first done through investigating the primer sequence since the primers have a known sequence that can't change. Primers of the same family can sometimes have some "cross talk" amplifying highly related sequence in the same family. The primers will be used to assign the family. The specific V segment among the segments in the family will be determined by identifying the V sequence of the family that is most similar to that of the sequencing read. V segments in IgH can have somatic mutations in the course of the antibody affinity maturation process and therefore a higher proportion of differences from the gerniline sequences will be allowed than for TCRI3. Antibodies with more than 25 mutations [-10%) in the VDJ region have been observed. A read will be assigned to the framework of the V segment with the closest sequence as long as it has >85% homology to it. Related cionotypes will be assessed for being independent using the same scheme as described above.
Specifically for clonotypes to be considered distinct and due to somatic mutations not error, they need to be either sufficiently frequent or have ample variation between them to ensure that less than 0.1% of clonotypes misclassified as distinct when they are not.
[002671 For reads that are determined to have the third framework (closest to the VD junction), the overlap sequence between the paired end reads will be determined. Bases not aligned with the V segment will be aligned to the complement of the first read to determine the overlap. The primers for the third framework will be -30 bp away from the junction. Therefore, if the V is intact approximately 50 bp of sequence can be used to reach the VD junction (20 bp primer + 30 bp), and 100 bp reads will allow 50 bp to be read after the junction.
This is the minimum expected number of bases that would be read after the VD junction as the deletion of some bases in V will allow for a longer read after the junction. Even for the longest DJ region, it is expected that there will be 10 bp overlap between the sequences from the paired reads. The longest 03 region is expected to be 120 bp, and 80 bp of it are expected to be read from the C segment and 50 bp read from the other direction of the V region leading 10 bp overlap between the paired reads.
[00268] Clonotypes that read the same sequence from the C primer but has different frameworks of the same V segment become candidates for consolidation in the same clonotypes. If there is overlap between the sequences obtained from the different frameworks of the V segment then the determination of whether the clonotypes are independent or not is done with the same rules as described above.
[002691 As a result of the above analysis, the number of reads for each clonotypa can be counted. Clonotypes that are from the same family differing from each other only by somatic mutations are identified. These somatic mutations can be restricted to sequences in the V segment read from only 1 framework, more than I framework, or in the 03 region.
EXAMPLE 6
TCR and kM revertoire analysis in S CE patient samoles [002701 It will first be tested whether there are clonotypes that correlate with disease activity in patients.
Second, a set of sequence characteristics and/or cell surface markers that distinguish clonotypes that correlate with disease from those that do not will be defined. Third, the degree to which ctonotype analysis provides clinically useful information will be measured, such as the correlation with short term (e.g., 3 month) outcome.
1. Presence of clonotypes correlating with disease [002711 There will be two math tasks: identifying correlating clonotypes and measuring disease activity from their level. These tasks can be done in a clinical setting in two steps for each patient: [00272] 1) A Calibration test can be done to determine the identity of the correlating clonotypes for the specific patient. This can be done by sequencing 1gM and TCRI3 RNA (or linked TCRa-TCR sequence from a single cell) for each patient at a time of a peak of an episode, at which time the correlating clonotype level can reach theft highest levels.
[00273] 2) A Monitoring test can be done to determine the level of the correlating clonotypes at a time point subsequent to the calibration test. This can be done by sequencing 1gM and TCR RNA and determining the level of the specific correlating clonotypes that had been identified in the calibration sample of the same patient.
The level of the correlating clonotypes is used to compute the disease activity at these points.
[002741 Amplification, sequencing, and primary analysis development as described above will be used to assess patient samples. Specifically, a set of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) patients will be assessed that have a one year follow up period and serial blood samples during this period. These patients were seen By Dr. Michele Petri at Johns Hopkins Medical School every three months for one year, and clinical measures of disease activity including Systemic Lupus Es-ythematosus Disease Activity Index (SLEDAJ), Physician Global Assessment ([GA), as well as multiple lab tests including C3 (Complement 3) and anti-ds DNA levels are available for all visits of all patients. Drugs being administered to the patients,include prednisone, plauethl, NSAJD, NSAIDType, acetylsalicylic acid (AS A) dose, plavix, diuretic, ACE-Inhibitors or angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs), Ca channel blocker, Triam and, solumedrol, Patients who had at least at one time during the follow up a significant change in disease activity as defined by a 3 points change on the SLEDAI or a I point change in PGA will be studied. Overall there are 181 patients (with a total of 815 blood samples) who fit these criteria. RNA from all these blood samples will be subjected to multiplex PCR using primers described above toaxnplify the sequences that encompass CDR3 in 1gM and TCRII. All the amplified materials will be sequenced (to a million reads) and the abundance of different elonotypes will be determined.
1002751 Using the clinical data, sequencing, characteristics that distinguish clonotypes whose level correlate with disease activity from those that do not will be identified. Second, an algorithm to determine disease activity using the blood IgH and TCR profile will be developed.
2. Identification of characteristics of correlatin2 clonotypes 100276] It is anticipated that clonotypes that are relevant to the disease will be increased at the time of high disease activity. However, not all enriched clonotypes at a point of high disease activity necessarily correlate with disease. For example, in a particular patient there might be 10 enriched clonotypes at the point of high disease activity, but only S correlate with the disease. In order to identify these relevant clonotypes, a subset of clonotypes that are clearly correlating with disease and another set that clearly do not correlate with disease will be studied. Characteristics that distinguish those two classes of clonotypes will be investigated.
[002771 All patients will have at least one significant change in disease activity during the one year follow up in this experimental design. The IgH and TCR clonotypes obtained at the peak of disease activity in each patient will be analyzed. Sets of correlating and not correlating clonotypes among those with the highest level clonotypes will he selected. Hence the first step is to define clonotypes that are at a high level. The specific criteria to choose the clonotypes that will enter the analysis will include a combination of frequency rank of the clonotype and the level ofclonotype (number of clonotype reads per million), as well as evidence the clonotype does not belong to the distribution of low frequency clonotypes.
[00278] This set of clonotypes from each patient sample, termed High Prevalent Clonotypes (MPG) will be flasher analyzed. The correlation of the level of ench of these clonotypes with clinical measures will be evaluated. The correlation of SLEDAI score with the clonotype level will be computed. For each patient there will be 4-5 study points that can be used to assess the correlation of SLEDAT with the level of each HPC. The distribution of these obtained correlations will be investigated. It is anticipated that most of the flPCs will have low correlation with SLEOAI. It will be investigated whether at the high correlation end there is an excess to what is expected to be generated randomly. For example with 4 and 5 data points it is expected that -2.5% and -0.6% of the correlation levels (?) will he >0.9 by chance. A higher proportions of l{PCs with ?J'.O.P indicates the presence of a clonotypes that correlate with disease. In addition to comparing the number of correlating clonotypes with random expectation, a permutation analysis will be performed where the correlation of SLEDAI scores from one patient and the level of individual HPCs from another will be calculated. The distribution of correlations generated from this permutation can be used as the "background" correlation. (To ensure its validity, it will be confirmed that there is little correlation between SLEDAL between different patients). Excess correlation at the high correlation end, e.g., r5 0.9 will indicate the presence of clonotypes that correlate with disease. The highest correlating clonotypes as the set of correlating clonotypes will be picked. Because the number of HPCs that has a by chance correlation higher than a set threshold is known (from calculation using random assumption or through the permutation analysis described above), the threshold to define the correlating clonotype can beset in such a way as to have 10% false discovery rate, i.e. 10% of the correlating clonotypes set will be correlating by chance. A set of HPCs that have very little correlation with SLEDAI score will be picked.
Those will serve as the set of non-correlating clonotypes. These 2 sets of clonotypes can be further analyzed to identify characteristics that may distinguish them. These characteristics can then be looked for in new samples to identify the clonotypes likely to be correlating with disease activity in these samples. The blood levels of these clonotypes can then be followed to determine disease activity.
(00279] One complication arises from the premise that clonotype level may change before disease activity does.
Hence it is possible that by attempting to study only HPCs that highly correlate with SLEDAI, clinically useflul clonotypes that change earlier than SLEDAI may be eliminated. Mother set of clonotypes will be picked that correlate with a Modified SLEDAI (MSLEDAI) score. MSLEDAJ is the same as SLE]DAI in all the study points except those just before a significant change. For those data points the MSLEDAI score will be the average between the SLEDA! score at that point and the next study point. Clonotypes that change before SLEDAI are likely to show better correlation to MSLEDAI than SLEDAJ. It will be informative to compute the excess number of}{PCs that have high correlation with MSLEDAI than expected by random or permutation generated expectations.
[00280] Characteristics that distinguish correlating clonotypes from those that do not correlate will then be identified. The analysis will be done in the exact manner for those clonotypes that correlate with S LEDA! or MSLEDAI. In either case the goal would be for these set of characteristics to correctly recapitulate this classification enabling the identification of correlating clonotypes in the next set of samples. It is expected that each patient will have a unique set of correlating clonotypes, but the training study will be designed to generate the rules that predict the correlnting clonotypes from a calibration sample (at high disease activity). Two general types of parameters can be tested: those that are obtained from the sequencing data itself, and those that can use extra experimentation. Extra experimentation can include the assessment of different cells with different cell surface or other markers. here are a few types of parameters that will be investigated: (002811 1) Sequence motif: The motif can be a specific V or I region, a combination VJ, or short sequences in DI region that is associated with a clonotype being correlating.
[00282J 2) Size of the clonotype.
[002831 3) Level: Absolute level (number of reads per million) or rank level.
{00284] 4) Similarity to other clonotypes: The presence of other highly related clonotypes, like those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes.
109285] 5) For the HCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype andlor the number of distinct clonotypes that differ by somatic mutations from some germline clonotypes.
1002861 Each of these parameters will be individually studied for association with correlating clonotypes. A threshold of 0.05 (uncorrected for multiple testing) will be set to eliminate factors that are not likely to contribute to prediction of correlating clonotypes. Given the multiple parameters, many tests will be performed to generate multiple positive results by chance. However the main goal of this step is to filter the parameters to a smaller set. The set of positive parameters will then be used to create an algorithm to classify the two sets of clonotypes. A machine leaning algorithm will be employed that uses the different parameters to classify the two sets of clonotypes. In order to minimize the risk of overfitting, the cross validation technique will be used.
Using this algorithm each clonotype will get a score that corresponds to the likelihood it is a correlating clonotype. A threshold will then be placed to classify clonotypes above it as correlating and those below it as non-correlating. The accuracy of the classification can be estimated by the cross validation technique; for example, the clonotypes are put in equal groups and the algorithm using all clonotypes except one group.
Clonorypes in the last group (test group) are then classified using the algorithm that was obtained using the rest of the clonotypes. This is iterated as many times as the number of groups, and in each iteration all the groups except one are used for training and one group is classified, The accuracy of the algorithm can be estimated from the average accuracy of the different classifications in the different iterations. It is of note that in all these iterations the exact algorithm would be slightly different. The accuracy of classification is then an estimate as it is not on the final algorithm but rather on a set of related algorithms generated with training data from all clonotypes except one, [00281] Ultimately, two algorithms will be generated trained on two different correlating clonotypes sets: one correlating with SLED/U and the other correlating with MSLEDAI. Even if the clonotypes in the training set are different the resulting algorithm may or may not be very different, depending on whether these elonotypes indeed come from two distinct populations. The algorithms will be compared. Additionally these algorithms will be used to identify correlating clonotypes that were not initially in the training set. The clonotypes identified in the two algorithms will be compared, and if the initial clonotypes in the two training sets were from the same population, the identified clonotypes are likely to be very similar. Unless the results of the algorithm were quite similar, both algorithms will be carried to identify correlating elonotypes in order to measure lupus disease activity.
1002881 Other experimental approaches can add to the power of sequencing in identifying clonotypes that correlate with diseases. Correlating clonotypes may be enriched in cells with some surface or other markers.
For example B cells with high levels of CD27 are known in active lupus patients, and hence it might be that correlating clonotypes might be enriched in the CD27 population of cells. If that is borne out to be true, prediction of correlating clonotypes can be improved by doing an enrichment for cells with high levels of CD2 7.
Specifically, a sequencing reaction can be performed on the IgH sequences from all B cells in the blood sample as well as from those B cells with high CD27. Correlating clonotypes are expected to be present at higher frequency in the high C027 population than in the all blood sample.
3. Using Igil and TCR� profiles to determine lupus disease activity [00289] The section above described clonotype-hased analysis to identify features of correlating clonotypes. In addition, for that analysis only a fraction of all the HPCs were used to clearly designate clonotypes as correlating or non-correlating. This section describes analysis that is at the patient level aiming to compute a measure of disease activity, to be called Autolmm (Al) score. The algorithm developed per the above section will be applied to identify correlating clonotypes among all the IIPCs. The level of these correlating HPCs will be determined. The level of the correlating clonotypes can be normalized to the total number of TCR clonotypes as well as to l{PCs predicted not to correlate with disease. The level of these correlating clonotypes at different time points will be used to compute Al score at these different points.
[002901 in patients with more than one correlating clonotypes, the information regarding the level of these different clonotypes will be combined. In addition data from IgH and TCRI3 clonotypes will be integrated.
Different algorithms for making the combination will be attempted. For example, the average, median, sum, and highest correlating clonotype level will be studied. The clonotype level can he its simple linear read counts, the logarithm of that or some other conversion. It can potentially be the difference between correlating and non-correlating clonotypes. Furthermore methods for weighted average can be utilized. The weighting can be based on the likelihood of a clonotype to be correlating.
1002911 In order to evaluate which of the models is optimal, all the models will be assessed to identifr the one that generates the highest correlation between the Al score and the SLEPAT score. For this analysis the correlation of SLEDAI and Al scores is done across all the data obtained from all the study points from all patients In order to estimate and ameliorate the degree of overfitting, the cross validation technique will be used. The level of correlation measured reflects the "cross sectional" relationship between the Al and SLEIDAI scores. In addition to S[JEDM, the correlation with other clinical measures like C3 and anti-ds DNA antibody levels as well as urine protein/serum creatinine for patients with kidney manifestation and blood counts for patients with hematological involvement will be studied. The correlation may be due to the classification of patients into high and low disease activity, and is not necessarily a reflection of Al correlating with SLEDAI score within a patient. To demonstrate that, "longitudinal" assessment will be done.
4. Longitudinal analysis [002921 In the longitudinal analysis, two general questions will be assessed: does Al score at one study point predict disease activity at the same point, and does Al score at one study point predict disease activity at a later point, e.g., the next study point 3 months later.
[002931 The relationship between Al and SLEDAI scores at the same study point will be assessed in two ways.
First the correlation of the Al and SLEDAI in each patient will be calculated, and then the avenge and median patient correlation level will be computed. If the correlation seen in cross sectional analysis above is due to classification of high and low disease activity patients and not changing disease activity within individual patients, then the longitudinal correlation in individual patients is likely to he low. A high median patient correlation level suggests that Al does reflect the SLEDAI score at an individual patient level. In addition to the correlation of Al and SLEDAI scores, the correlation of Al with other relevant measures like C3 and anti-ds DNA antibody will be assessed as well as urine protein/serum creatinine for patients with kidney manifestation and blood counts for patients with hematological involvement.
(002941 Mother way to demonstrate the ability of Al score to measure disease activity changes in individual patients is by determining its accuracy in distinguishing states of high from low disease activity in the same patients. For each of the 181 patients, the two study points when the SLEDM where at the highest (to be called F[DAP for high disease activity point) and lowest levels (to be called LOAP for low disease activity point) will be selected. The distribution of the Al of all the HDAPs with that of the Al of all the LDAPs will be compared, and the p-value that they are different will be computed. In addition, the frequency that the Al at F[DAP is higher than LDAP in each patient will be assessed. If Al does not change with disease activity in an individual patient then it is expected that Al at HDAP is higher than that at LDAP only 50% of times. Mother analysis will be done where the fraction of times that Al at FIDAP is higher than that at LDAP by a meaningful difference (i.e., above the likely Al variation) is determined. To measure the fluctuation of Al, all the study points from all the patients will be used, and the standard deviation (and relative standard deviation) of Al in the different bins of SLEDAl values can be computed. This will generate relative standard deviation across all patients (Al-RSDaIL) and this value may or may not be dependent on SLEDAI (i.e. the Al-RSDaI1 maybe different at different SLEDAT values). The proportion of patients where Al at HDAP is higher than Al at LDAP by a specific number (e.g., 2) of Al-RSDaII can be computed. There can be some systematic bias where the computed Al in some patients is consistently higher (or lower) than what is expected from the SLEDA score.
Therefore AL-RSDaII is a combination of the intrinsic fluctuation of Al within a patient as well as the systematic difference of Al for patients with similar SLEDAJ. The intrinsic fluctuation of Al can be computed within a patient by calculating the standard deviation (and relative standard deviation) of Al scores among study points with similar SLEDAI values (<2 points difference) within a patient. The median among all the patients of the relative standard deviation can be computed (AI-RSDpt-med). The proportion of patients where Al at [IDA? is higher than Al at LDAP by a specific number (e.g., 2) of AI-RSDpt-med can then be evaluated.
(002951 After demonstration that Al does indeed fluctuate with SLEDAI within individual patients it will be evaluated whether Al can predict SLEDAl at the next study point, 3 months later. To assess that correlation level between the Al score at time 0 and the SLEDAl score at time + 3 months can be quantitated. The correlation can be computed on a patient level and then the median patient correlation can be obtained. Mother way to demonstrate the ability of Al to predict near future disease activity is to evaluate the sensitivity and specificity of Al in predicting disease activity 3 months in the future. Clinically, those patients who are doing well on their current management can be distinguished from those that do not. A patient state at a particular time will be classified into one of two classes: Poor Control (PC) and include patients who in 3 months will have high disease activity (SLEDAI >6 points) and/or a flare (SLEDAI increase by 3 points), and Good Control (GC) and include patients who in 3 months will have low or moderate with disease activity (SLEDAl <6) and/or a significant reduction in disease activity (SLEDAl decrease by 3 points). The classification sensitivity can then be evaluated and specificity obtained using different thresholds of Al, A ROC curve that describes the performance of Al in predicting the state of the patient (PC or GC) can be generated 3 months ahead of time.
The performance obtained by this test will be compared with that of standard clinical measures including SLEDAl, anti-ds DNA and C) levels.
[00296) An analysis to evaluate the ability of Al to predict changes in SLEDAI scores 3 months later will also conducted. Using data from all study points of all patients, the relationship between Al and SLEDAl scores can be plotted to identify the "cross sectional" correlation level as discussed above. This determines the relationship between SLEDAT and Al at the same study point This relationship will be fit with an equation allowing the prediction of the SLEDAI score given an AT score (or vice versa). If Al predicts flares then changes in SLEDAI at some study point 1 will be preceded by changes in Al at point 0. Therefore, if a flare occurs between point 0 and 1, the Al score at point 0 (to be called Almeas) will be higher than what is expected (to be called Alexp) given the SLEDAT at study point 0. On the other hand with no change in disease activity between the study point 0 and study point I, the AT score at point 0 will be very similar to what is expected given the SLEDAI at study point C). The relative AX change (Rel.Al-diff) can be computed by dividing the difference of Almeas and Alexp by Almeas. The sensitivity and specificity of Al in predicting a significant change in SLEDAI 3 months later can be evaluated by using different thresholds of Rel-Al-diff. The thresholds can be bidirectional so if the Rel-Al-diff at a specific study point is higher than a specific threshold a flare is predicted, and similarly if it is lower than the negative of the specific threshold a significant reduction in SLEDAl is expected. On the other band when the Rel-AJ-diff at a study point is between the threshold and its negative, no significant changes in disease activity is expected. A ROC curve showing the trade of sensitivity and false positives can be generated using many different thresholds of Rel-Al-diff. Similar ROC curves can be generated using standard clinical measures including SLEDAI, anti-ds DNA and C3 levels.
[002971 If the fluctuation of Al varies at different SLEDAI values, the above analysis will be refined. A section above described the computation of Al-RSDall and At-RSDpt-med and mentioned evaluating whether they _59.
change at different SLEDAJ values. If they do then the ROC analysis can be done as described above but Stead of using different thresholds of Rel-Al-diff, different thresholds of AI-RSDaII and Al-RSDpt-rned will be used, The performance obtained by the test with that of standard clinical measures including SLEDAI, anti-di DNA and C3 levels will be compared.
1002981 In the above analysis, attempts are made to predict the SLEDAI at point 1 from the Al score at point 0.
It is likely that in addition to the absolute level at point 0, the change of AT from point -ito 0 will be informative in predicting SLEDM at point 1. For example consider a patient who has at study point-I an Al score of X-l, and at point 0 the Al score is increased to a new value X0 that is appreciably higher than X-1. This patient may have higher likelihood of a flare at point 1 than a patient whose Al has been stable at X0 at study points -I and 0. This concept of Al change or velocity will be incorporated to generate a Modified Al (MM) score. To generate a MAI at point 0 the Al score at point -l and at point 0 will be needed, and hence one data point per patient will not have an MM associated with it. The specific formula to incorporate the velocity into Al calculation to obtain MM will be optimized. This optimization may be done through maximization of the correlation of MM and SLEDAI three months later. The cross validation design will be used to evaluate and control the degree of overfitting. Correlation can be done for data points of all samples, but also can be done at a patient level and the median correlation among all patients can be assessed. The latter approach ameliorates the issue of some patients having a systematic bias of too low or too high Al score, Using MM, the same type of ROC analysis that was mentioned for Al can be performed to assess its ability to predict SLEDAI 3 months later. First, analogously to what is described for Al, an analysis can be done to show the ability of MA! at point o to distinguish PC and GC states at point I. Additionally, an analysis similar to what was described for Al to assess the ability of MAT at point 0 can be performed to predict significant disease activity change (3 points change on SLEDM) between points 0 and 1. For this latter analysis different thresholds ofRel-Al-diff, Al-RSDaII or AI-RSDpt-med can be used. The performance of MM will be compared with that of Al to determine whether the addition of the velocity factor is usefitl.
L002991 One complication of the described study is that treatment changes are done for different patient during the follow up period of the study. This is likely to complicate the prediction of disease activity. For example, consider two patients with the same Al score at point 0 and one of those patients had a reduction in medication at the same time, The likelihood of this patient to have a rise in disease activity at point I is then likely to be higher than for the patient who did not change medications at point 0. This is likely to lead to underestimation of the performance of Al. One way to alleviate that is to eliminate all the points with significant medication changes from the study. Another is to modify the Al score to include whether a patient has a medication change and create a medication-modified AT. So in the example above with the two patients, the one with the medication change will have a higher medication-modified Al.
5. IntecratiGn with other predictive markers 1003001 The predictive ability of the disease activity marker can be maximized. Therefore the predictive ability of the TCRfBCR repertoire information integrated with other markers will be tested. These markers include standard markers used in the clinic like anti-ds DNA and C3 levels. It will also include other markers that are published. For example a panel of chemokines has already been shown to have some predictive ability using the same set of patients as will be used. Whether this panel will increase the predictive ability of the TCR and BCR repertoire will be evaluated, The first step is to integrate the Al score with the additional measure to generate an Expanded AL (EM) score. Different ways to do the integration can be assessed, and this can be optimized through maximization of the correlation of EM and SLEDAJ three months later. The cross validation design will be used to evaluate and control the degree of overfitting. Using EM the ability to predict disease activity 3 months later will be assessed by its ability to distinguish CC from PC and to predict changes in disease activity.
The performance in measuring disease activity and change in disease activity can be described through ROC analysis as described above.
6. Validation 1003011 The number of variables being tested is high compared with the number of samples. This can lend itself to overtitting, with initially promising results not being able to be validated in later studies. A cross validation approach will be used in the training to get a measure of the extent of overfitting, However, a validation on an independent set of samples will be involved in later work. This is not part of this proposal, but this marker can be clinically applicable. Using the data obtained above, it can be determined whether M, MM, or EM, should be validated and the specific way to compute the measure of interest. One specific algorithm will be taken for validation. In addition one or more specific endpoints will be specified. The sensitivity and specificity of Al can be assessed in the ability to distinguish CC from PC 3 months later to evaluate the ability of M to predict disease activity. In another example the sensitivity and specificity of AT to predict significant disease activity change in 3 month using a specific Rel-M-diff threshold can be assessed.
EXAMPLE 7
Measuring response of an SLE patient to drug therapy [003021 The methods of the provided invention will be used to measure the response of an SLE patient to drug therapy. Determination of whether an SLE patient being given an expensive drug with serious side effects is responding to the drug plays a role in both patient care and also for making the administration of such care cost effective. Many clinical indicators of disease activity respond to treatment imprecisely and after a time lag of up to several months. During this time, disease may progress and side effects may add complications to therapy. A prompt understanding of the drug response would allow patients to be switched to more effective therapies more rapidly.
[003031 in this Example, a 35 year old African American female with a prior diagnosis of lupus presents to her regular rheumatologist. The patient's disease status is assessed on a quarterly basis through a comprehensive clinical assessment in addition to laboratory testing including measurement of C3, anti-ds DNA antibody levels, blood counts, and urinalysis. During one visit the patient complains of skin lesions and fatigue, and urinalysis shows evidence of proteinuria andlor cell casts. The rheumatologist refers the patient to a nephrologist for a kidney biopsy to assess inflammatory status of the kidney and orders serum creatinine and 24 hour urine protein to creatinine ratio to assess the degree of the impairment of the kidney function, A kidney biopsy shows evidence of diffuse tupus nephritis, while the urine protein to creatinine test reveals evidence of nephrotic syndrome (urine protein to creatinine ratio of 3.6). Based on this information a diagnosis of acute lupus nepbritis is given and the patient is begun on a course of drug therapy. There are several possible drugs that can be chosen at this point, Immunomodulators such as mycophenolate mofetil (Cellcept) are often used although sometimes in severe eases drugs such as Methotrexate, Azathiopurine (Imuran) Cyclophosphamide (cytoxan), are prescribed. Rituximab (Rituxan) is also sometime used as a second or third choice. One of these drugs is often used in combination with a systemic steroid such as Prednisone or methylprednisolone in order to suppress the acute symptoms. Here, inycophenolate mofetil is prescribed at 150 mg per day alongside 60 nag of prednisone. Given the many side effects of steroids, including the risk of osteoporosis, hyperglycemia, weight gain, and other Cushingoid symptoms in the long term, the patient's prednisone dose is tapered over.-6 weeks if the clinical picture allows thai (003041 The first question that is determined is whether the patient is responding to therapy, and as a result, can the dose of steroid can be appropriately decreased. Therefore, during this period the patient's serum creatinine as well as urine protein and creatinine are followed to ensure the patient is responding to the medications.
Frequent kidney biopsy can be done to detect whether the inflammatory damage is being reversed; however, routine use of kidney biopsy carries too great a risk and is too invasive to be practical. Current blood based markers that are being used to assess inflammatory status are of limited use in making this decision in that they are not sufficiently well correlated with underlying disease to be relied upon to risk the increased side effects that accompany high doses of steroids, Serum and urine function markers may kave some delay in detecting improvement in inflammatory status and hence steroids may be tapered before these markers show a definitive change and hence extending the period of the renal flare. A slower taper, informed by more sensitive markers, in these cases could have shortened the flare period preventing further damage to kidney tissue. After the reduction of steroid to a maintenance dose of approximately 10mg the patient may show persistently elevated levels of protein in the urine and the high urine protein to creatinine ratio of 2, and the physician must now decide whether to switch from Cellcept to another medication. Arguing in favor of this is the continued evidence of loss of kidney function but without an accurate measure of inflammatory kidney status, it can be difficult to know whether the disease itself is in remission having nevertheless done some level of irreversible kidney damage that is resulting in these persistent levels of proteinuria. Here again the existing blood based markers are imperfectly informative and a further kidney biopsies are not practical. This decision would be gi-eady aided by an accurate blood based measure of disease status.
1003051 Autolmm Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess the response to therapy by measuring disease activity either atone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolmm Load will be developed using the study described above. The correlating clonotypes thnt will be used to calculate Autolmm Load will he measured using a calibration test. This calibration test will be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of' therapy. The calibration test will be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. kidney biopsy or skin biopsy). At a later time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed, a blood sample will be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmm Load. This will be used to make a treatment decision. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a populations study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolmin Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 8
Determination of appropriate time to taper or pttherapv for an SLE patient 1003061 The methods of the provided invention can be used to determine the appropriate time to taper or stop therapy for an SLE patient. in addition to the time lag that can be exhibited by the clinical measures of disease activity, a further difficulty lies in the lack of sensitivity of these measurements. Subclinical disease can nonetheless result in a re-flaring of the disease if therapy is tapered too early. As a result of this, courses of immunosuppressant therapy are typically administered for a time period that is much longer than is necessary for the average patient to ensure that the risk of re-flaring is low for the average patient yet may still be long enough for the tail end of distribution. Therefore significant over-treatment, causing side effects and costs are occurring in most patients) while under-treatment of some patients occurs causing potentially preventable re-flares. A method that could measure subclinical activity that was predictive of the risk of re-flaring would allow therapy to be tapered based on such measures instead of relying on overtreatment by design.
[00307) In this example, the patient from Example 7 is on prednisone and mycophenolate mofetil for a period of 6 months and urine protein to creatinine ratio returns to a level of 0.5. This level remains above the baseline level expected in healthy individuals but it is not clear that this level is not due to some kidney damage that is not reversible, Other clinical measures of inflammation are normal and the patient does not report any other symptoms. At the same time the patient is experiencing moderate levels of nausea and weight gain as possible side effects to the medications that additionally have serious long term side effects. The doctor is faced with a difficult decision: balancing the fear of tapering the Celleept and/or steroid too quickly, which could result in renewed kidney inflammation and likely further long term irreversible kidney damage and the adverse reactions that can occur due to the medications. Here again an unambiguous assessment of the disease status without having to perform a kidney biopsy would play a role in making this decision. Attempt of reducing steroids is recommended through repeated trials of steroids leading to the recurrence of the same clinical dilemma. In fact this question arises at every time the patient is in remission and the patient is on steroids or immunomodulators.
[00308J Autolznm Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess whether or not to taper therapy by measuring disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolmm Load will be developed using the study described above. The correlating clonotypes that will be used to calculate Autolmm Load will be measured using a calibration test. This calibration test will be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test could be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. kidney biopsy or skin biopsy). At a later time at which the level of disease activity is to be assessed, a blood sample can be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmm Load. This will be used to make a treatment decision and to evaluate whether the patient has any detectable disease activity. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a populations study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolnini Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXMJIPLE 9 Prediction of flares in an SLE patient [003091 One challenge in treating SLE patients is that represented by the fact that flares arise without warning thus thwarting the physicians' efforts to treat the disease preventively. Waiting for flares to occur before beginning treatment subjects patients to potentially destructive clinical symptoms, can involve expensive and inconvenient hospitalization, and may cause long term organ damage to be done while also necessitating aggressive therapeutic interventions that are themselves fraught with side effects. A much more desirable paradigm would be a therapeutic paradigm in which flares are detected at a subclinical phase at which time therapy could be administered proactively saving significant suffering to the patient, resulting in less expensive hospitalizations and ultimately enabling better long term prognosis for the patients.
[003101 The patient from Example 7 is recovering from the acute flare described above, and the patient is tapered off of all therapies except Plaquinil and a low dose of 5 rog of Prednisone. Nevertheless this patient remains at a high risk of having another inflammatory episode. As a result, this patient will remain in the care of a rheumatologist who will continue following patient's clinical symptoms and laboratory tests. Unfortunately these symptoms and tests do not provide early warning for an imminent flare until patients actually have exhibited clinical symptoms of a flare and the sequence repeats itself. A highly specific marker of increasing subclinical activity could be included in the routine clinical assessment of the patient in order to detect unambiguous signs of a flare which may reach a clinically detectable stage within the subsequent 1-3 months.
Beginning therapies earlier might make the flare less severe and may allow treatment to be accomplished with less long term organ damage or less steroids used than what is currently the case.
[003111 Autolmm Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess the likelihood of an incipient flare by measuring disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. This score either by itself or the rate of increase (velocity) or acceleration of this score can be used to assess the likelihood of progression to a flare, An algorithm for Autolmin Load could be developed using the study described above.
The correlating clonotypes that will be used to calculate Autolmin Load could be measured using a calibration test. This calibration test could be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test could be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. kidney biopsy or skin biopsy). At a later time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed, a blood sample can be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autottnm Load. This can he used to make a treatment decision. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a populations study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the flare risk is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolmm Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 10
Obiective measure to assess subiective symptoms of SLE patients [003121 SLE affects many organs and produces many potential symptoms including ones that are very cOmmon in the healthy populations. For example, if an SLE patient complains of a headache, the headache may be a sign of CNS lupus or can be due to the common headache. Similarly, ifSLE patients complain of worsening fatigue over a period of time, the worsening fatigue may be due to deterioration of their disease or can be due to depression or other causes. The availability of an objective measure that reflects disease activity can he of great help in the management of SLE patients.
[003131 The patient in Example 7 presents to the rheumatologist wtth chief complaints of headache, fatigue, and difficulty with concentration. Patient's headache is recurrent and only transiently gets better with Motrin treatment. The patient's SLE is otherwise in good control. Relevant psychosocial stressors in the patient's life include that she is going through divorce. Physicians are in a dilemma when they face SLE patients with symptoms that are non.specific to SLE and are common in the general population. Is the patient suffering from CNS lupus? Or could she suffering from other common causes of her symptoms, like depression? Current laboratory tests currently lack the sensitivity and specificity to be relied onto distinguish these possibilities. A reliable test to measure SLE disease activity can be utilized routinely to help in distinguishing the two possibilities.
[003141 Autolmm Load would be very helpful in this situation to objectively assess the disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolmm Load will be developed using the study described above. The correlating clonotypes that will he used to calculate Autolnim Load wuffi be measured using a calibration test This calibration test will be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test will be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. kidney biopsy or skin biopsy). At a later time at which the objective disease activity is to be assessed, a blood sample can be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmm Load. This will be used to make a treatment decision. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a populations study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the objective disease activity is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolmm Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 11:
Measuring response to drug therapy of an MS patient 1003151 As stated above, one of the principle challenges inMS therapy is measuring how well and whether a patient is responding to a drug therapy. During progressive and late stage disease there are clinical assessments such as the Expanded Disability Status Score (EDSS) which measure the degree of physical impairment that has resulted from the disease. However, these assessments are not useful in early stage or relapsing/remitting disease. Clinical parameters around relapses can be used to assess disease progression, but these are coarse and lagging indicators, as patients can go several years between relapses, during which little evidence can be gleaned from clinical assessments. Lastly, brain imaging such as gadolinium enhanced MM can be used to examine brain lesions. MS patients are typically given such an MRI on a yearly basis. However, such images lack specificity. Furthermore, as a measure on integrated brain damage, they are not good measures of current disease activity but rather reflect the history of the disease and its impact on the brain.
(003161 While it is true that the current clinical treatment paradigm for MS is that patients diagnosed with relapsing remitting disease should be under continuous therapy in order to delay the onset of progressive disease, the increasing repertoire of approved drugs to treat MS makes the lack of biological feedback increasingly problematic. The list shown above of approved drugs to treat MS continues to get longer as the substantial investment in MS therapies begins to bear fruit. Each of these drugs has serious side effects and is very expensive to administer, with costs from S30,000-$l 00,000 per year of treatment. Patients that are not well managed will sooner transition to progressive disease which is debilitating and causes expensive health care interventions including hospitalizations and long term care. Hence, the patient can be allowed to receive optimal therapy early in treatment.
Clinical utility example 1003 17J Patient profile: A 30 year old female comes to the hospital with monocular visual impairment with pain. She is given a neurological assessment and a lumbar puncture to obtain cerebral spinal fluid which is used to assess whether clonal T cells are present. She also is referred for a brain MEl. Based on these tests, a diagnosis of MS is made. She is prescribed Betaseron 250 meg per injection to be self administered subcutaneously every other thy. At a follow-up visit six months later, the patient is complaining of depression and weight gain. No further neurological events have been reported to the physician. The doctor is now faced with a clinical dilemma. Should the doctor maintain the therapy as it is been administered? Should a new therapy be used? Should the doctor order an Mitt incurring cost and subjecting the patient to additional contrast exposure? Should the doctor wait until the next scheduled MR.J shows new lesions? Should the doctor wait to see if flares recur? All of these decisions would benefit from an unambiguous measure of whether the disease is active or not (003181 Autolmm Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess the response to therapy by measuring disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolmm Load will be developed using the studies described herein. The correlating clonotypes that will be used to calculate Autoimni Load will be measured using a calibration test. This calibration test will be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test could be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. CSF). At a later time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed, a blood sample can be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmn Load. This can be used to make a treatment decision. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a population study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the response to therapy is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolmm Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 12:
Prediction of MS flares [003191 As in all autoimniune diseases, the amelioration of flares is a principle goal of therapy. Not only are flares debilitating for the patient and expensive to treat, but it is increasingly believed that each flare contributes to longer term non reversible disease progression. Several therapies can be used to control incipient flares such as IV methylprednisolone or oral prednisone. Such medications have significant side effects and as such are not prescribed without evidence of an active flare. A measure of increasing subclincal activity that was correlated with subsequent clinical flares could be used to inform this sort of proactive flare treatment which could result in shorter and less damaging flares. In addition there are therapies that demonstrate high clinical efficacy for reduction of flares that carry risks of very significant and lethal of side effects. One such drug is Tysabri, a drug that has been shown to result both in improved clinical outcomes and to increase the risk of deadly brain infections such as PML. These risks have reduced the value of such drugs to last line therapy when other drugs are proving to no longer control progression and limited the value of these drugs as chronic treatments. A test that could predict when the flare state is incipient could increase the utility of such drugs as they could be used in a manner similar to steroids to control acute flare periods while minimizing the risks of lethal side effects.
Clinical utility example [003201 The patient from Example 11 is on l3etaseron for 3 years and reports a clinical flare that lasts a week.
The patient's Mitt at the end of the year shows significant new lesions (multiple discrete variable sized ovoid perpendicularly directed T2W and FLAIR hyperintense lesions (plaques), appearing iso-hypointense on T1W images and hyperintense on T2W images involving bilateral periventricular and subcortical white matter regions, including the catloso-septal interface). The doctor is concerned that the patient is at high risk of flares over the course of the next 12 months. A clinical dilemma presents itself. Does the doctor wait for further clinical symptoms to intervene with additional therapy? Should the doctor switch therapies? If so, should another class of injectable be used such as copaxone or should a new class of therapy be used such as Tysabri? Should steroids be prescribed? A test that could monitor sub clinical disease activity and show when the disease is increasing and when a flare is likely to result could be used to help make these clinical decisions.
1003211 Autolmm Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess the risk of flare by measuring disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolnim Load could be developed using the studies described in this invention. The correlating clonotypes that will be used to calculate Autolmm Load could be measured using a calibration test. This calibration test could be done using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test could be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. CSF). At a later time at which the risk of flare is to be assessed, a blood sample can be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmm Load. This can be used to make a treatment decision. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a population study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the flare risk is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolnim Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 13
Monitoring therapy compliance for MS [00322] Because of the relative infrequency of clinical symptoms in the early stages of the disease, the interactions between a patient and his or her physician are not very frequent At the same time, the therapies that are being prescribed are both expensive and inconvenient for the patient, involving self injections that can cause painful reaction and side effects. There is as a result a significant degree of non compliance with therapeutic regimes which are hard for a physician to monitor as the interactions between the patient and doctor is not routine. A test that could measure the state of the sub clinical disease would allow both doctor and patient to see on a routine basis how well controlled the underlying disease is. Such methods have proved very effective in I-HV patients in motivating them to pursue therapy effectively. A test blood test that was performed quarterly would allow the physician to see the patient and measure the state of the disease.
(00323] Autolmin Load would be very helpful in this situation to assess the compliance with therapy by measuring disease activity either alone or in combination with other markers of disease activity. An algorithm for Autolmm Load will be developed using the studies described herein. The correlating clonotypes that will be used to calculate Autolmm Load will be measured using a calibration test. This calibration test will be dcne using blood from a patient at a time of peak disease activity, for example at the start of therapy. The calibration test could be performed using blood or alternatively using the tissue that is affected (e.g. CSfl. At a later time at which the compliance with therapy is to be assessed, a blood sample will be taken and used along with the calibration test to measure Autolmrn Load. This will be used to make a treatment decision and to better guide the patient toward better compliance. If the correlating clonotypes are derived from a population study, there is no need for the calibration test and a blood test at the time at which the compliance with therapy is to be assessed is sufficient to measure Autolm.m Load in order to inform the treatment decision.
EXAMPLE 14
Amplification of mouse TCRB and mu sequences [003241 An amplification and sequencing scheme for mouse TCRI3 and IgH will be developed that is similar to that developed for humans. Similar methods to minimize the differences in amplification efficiency of different sequences and similar validation techniques using spikes and the 5' RACE technique described above will be applied. The minimum input amount of eDNA will be determined in a similar methodology as described for human samples. One difference in the amplification scheme between mouse and humans is that the two C segments for TCR in mouse do not have any polymorphisms in the 50 bp closest to the J/C junction.
Therefore, in the scheme the primer for the first stage amplification will be placed at positions 25-50 and for the second stage amplification the primer will be placed at positions 1-25, and the primer will have a 5' tail for the latter primer containing the PS sequence. The different sequences will improve specificity and is similar to the strategy used in humans except there is no need to "loop out" any bases for polymorphisms.
EXAMPLE 15
Primary analysis of mouse sequence data [003251 The analysis framework that will be used for analysis of mouse data is similar to that described above for the human data. One difference is that the mouse samples will be sequenced to less depth than the human samples. It is anticipated that the blood samples from the mouse will be 100 pA. In 100 il of blood there arc -lOOK lymphocytes and hence sequencing to a depth much higher than lOOK does not significantly improve the precision. Therefore, only 100K reads for each mouse sample will be obtained. Even though the number of reads will be smaller for mouse than humans, a larger fraction of mouse total and blood lymphocytes will he sampled. The number of total mouse lymphocytes is expected to be more than 3 orders of magnitude smaller than that of humans. Similarly 100 p1 of blood wilt provide a better sampling (-10%) of the lymphocytes in the mouse blood at the time when compared to sampling obtained using 10 ml of human blood (0.2%).
EXAMPLE 16
lgH and TCR repertoire analysis in mouse SLE model [003261 A mouse model of SLE will be used to study the relationship between TCRJBCR repertoire and disease activity. The mouse model will be the B6 with the slel and sle3 loci from NZMZ41O. These B6.stel.sIeJ (855) mice develop SLE-like nephritis in a spontaneous fashion. Three types of cohorts will be studied. For all study points, blood BUN, creatinine, and anti-nuclear autoantibodies, urine protein, and creatinine level will he obtained. It will be determined whether a score generated from blood TCRIBCR repertoire correlates well with these measured indices of kidney disease. The first cohort will be similar to the human cohort described where longitudinal blood samples will be collected along with kidney function assessment. Specifically, 7 BSS mice will be followed on a monthly basis till month 8. At the end, these mice will be sacrificed and in addition to blood, spleen and kidney tissue are analyzed. As a control, 5 B6 mice will be assessed in a similar manner. The second cohorts will be cross sectional where different cohorts of animals will be sacrificed at specific times and spleen, kidney, and blood samples will be analyzed at that time. Specifically, S BSS mice will be sacrificed each month and blood, spleen, and kidney will be analyzed. As a control, two B6 control mice will be assessed in the same fashion. Finally a third cohort will be treated with steroids after disease onset and nephritis assessment and blood samples obtained on a regular basis after that. Specifically at 4 months of age, 20 mice that have the disease will be treated with steroids and then on a biweekly basis for the next 4 months blood is taken for TCRIBCR repertoire analysis and kidney function assessment, As a controlS BSS mice will be treated with placebo and followed in a similar fashion. TCR and BCR repertoire analysis will be performed from all the study points (i.e. different time points and different tissues for the same time point). The analysis will involve 2 stage PCR, sequencing processing, and primary data analysis as described above.
EXAMPLE 17
Identification and dynamics of clonotypes that correlate with mouse SLE [00327j First, a set of clonotypes that correlate with renal fUnction will be identified. Ma measure of renal function, urine protein/creatinine ratio, serum creatinine, or BUN levels can be used. In the first and third cohorts, the correlation of the blood level of each HPC clonotype with each of the three measures can be assessed. In. a similar manner to what is described in humans, it can be assessed whether there is a great increase in the number of clonotypes with high correlation to 1, 2, or all 3 of the renal function measures over random expectation (or permutation testing). Given that random expectation, the correlation threshold will be picked where only 10% of the clonotypes with a correlation level above that threshold are expected to have the observed correlation level by chance (10% false discovery). These clonotypes will be focused on, and this set will be defined as "correlating clonorypes".
[003281 En addition to this statistical method to identify correlating clonotypes, ctoriotypes might be identified relevant to disease by a "functional" method of enrichment of specific c lonotypes in kidney tissue. By the functional method a sel of clonotypes may be identified in cohort 2 that may be relevant to disease, and these will be called functionally-identified correlating clonotypes. The extent of overlap between the "statistical" definition and the "functional" definition of correlating clonotypes can be assessed. Cohorts I and 3 have kidney samples collected at the last time point. It can be assessed whether clonotypes enriched in these kidney samples are present in the blood and are among the clonotypes with higher correlation with renal function.
[003291 The dynamics of correlating clonotypes (statistically and functionally identified) can then be evaluated.
For example, using data from cohort 2, the time course of the rise and fall (if any) of their levels will be evaluated in the three compartments: kidney, blood, and spleen.
1003301 Tn the statistically identified correlating clonotypes, a subset of the correlating clonotypes would be identified by virtue of their correlation with renal function. The correlating clonotypes can be identified without knowing the renal function data. In other words, the characteristics that distinguish the correlating clonotypes from those that are irrelevant to disease can be understood. En order to do that a set of clonotypes with low correlation to renal function will be identified as control non correiating clonotypes.
Characteristics of elonotynes that correlate with disease [003311 After identification of the two sets of clonotypes, correlating and not correlating, characteristics that distinguish these two sets will be searched for. Separate and combined analysis using the correlating clonotypes identified statistically and functionally will be performed. The same type of characteristics studied in humans will be assessed, for example the level of the clonotype, the presence of particular sequence motifs, and the sequence of other related clonotypes. As described for the human study, there is a significant risk of overtitting and hence cross validation technique or separate training and testing sets need to be employed.
1003321 One utility for the mouse experiment is the availability of cells allowing for assessment of whether correlating clonotypes are enriched in a specific subtype of cells. It will be studied whether correlating clonotypes are enriched in some cell subtypes; sequencing from the frill set of lymphocytes and from the specific subtype where correlating clonotypes are enriched can be done, and this criteria of enrichment can be used as an extra characteristic to distinguish correlating clonotypes from other disease.'irrelevant clonotypes. In order to know what cell subtypes clonotypes are enriched a couple approaches will be taken: hypothesis driven and hypothesis free. The first is to try a dozen candidate surface markers on T or B cells in a set of samples.
For example, one candidate is CD69 on T cells to select activated T cells. For B cells studies have shown the increase of CO27 cells in active SLE, and therefore that is a good candidate for a marker of cells that may have enrichment of the correlating clonotypes. In each of these experiments, the specific cell subtypes is purified through FAGS. Then a sequencing reaction is done for cONA from the frill complement of the lymphocytes as well as for cDNA from the lymphocytes that were purified by FACS from a collection of different samples. It will be assessed whether the two sets of correlating and non correlating clonotypes are present in different proportions in the flaIl complement of lymphocyte compared to the FAGS purified subset.
Markers that have a large difference can be useful in identiing correlating clonotypes. Enrichment of clonotypes in subtypes of cells with these markers will be used in addition to the sequence parameters to detect correlating clonotypes.
[003331 In the hypothesis free approach, markers will be searched for which are differentially expressed in cells with a correlating clonotype from other cells. A few cases will be chosen where a specific TCR clonotype is clearly correlating with disease, and cases will be picked where that clonotype is highly enriched that it represents the majority of the clonotypes with the same V segment FAGS will be done using antibody to the specific V segment (antibodies against all V segments are commercially available) to select a population that is highly enriched for cells carrying the correlating clonotype. The RNA can be prepared from these cells and the expression of all the genes can be studied by performing an array experiment. As a control, total RNA from lymphocytes can be used andlor RNA from FAGS purified cells carrying another irrelevant V segment.
Markers that maximally distinguish the sample obtained from the FAGS purified V segment with the correlating clonotype from the controls can be searched for, Markers, including surface markers (since it is much easier to do FAGS with surface proteins) that distinguish the two populations can be found. If a consistent RNA marker from samples of several mice is observed it will be validated at the protein level. Using the same samples, antibodies against the marker protein will be used in a FAGS assay to purify cells carrying the marker protein.
More than one marker may be tested to increase the chance of validating one of them, The TCR and/or BCR from the purified cells will be sequenced. If the R.NA results hold at the protein level then the correlating clonotypes should be enriched in the purified subset of cells. Alter validating that RNA results still hold at the protein level, the results will be validated in other samples. Samples that were not subject to the array analysis will be subjected to FAGS analysis using the antibody to the marker protein(s). The TCR and/or BCR of the purified cells will be sequenced. It will be evaluated whether the correlating clonotypes are enriched in the cells purified using antibody to the specific marker(s). This will validate the utility of the marker(s) in the identification of correlating clonotypes.
EXAMPLE 18
Use of IgH and TCR repertoire to measure disease activity [00334) The algorithm for correlating clonotypes from above can be applied to identify in all samples of cohorts 1 and) correlating clonotypes by virtue of their sequence and/or markers. Using the level of the correlating clonotypes in each patient, an AL score can be generated that correlates with a measure of renal function. As described above, there is an overfitting risk and the cross validation technique and/or separate training and testing set need to be employed. The correlation of Al and renal function measures can be evaluated in a cross sectional manner (all study points of all mice). The question of whether the Al score changes in an individual mouse can also be evaluated when renal function changes. This can be evaluated by comparing the AL from high and low renal function in the same animal in a similar manner to what is described in humans.
EXAMPLE 19
Linking of sequences from the same cell 1003351 Two sequences can be amplified from the same cell, and during amplification they can be linked to form one amp licon. Information on the presence of these two sequences in the same cell can then be preserved even if the linked sequences are mixed with a pool of sequences from other samples.
[003361 An example of the utility of this linking scheme is for assessment of the diversity of TCRs. The diversity of TCR is generated from the diversity of each of TCRa and TCR3. In addition, the combination of a TCRg and TCRjJ in a cell adds significantly to the diversity. However, when nucleic acids are extracted from a sample with a plurality of T-cells, the information of which TCRa is present in the same ceU as TCR{3 is lost. A method that allows the preservation of this information is presented here. This method comprises separating the cells in distinct compartments, amplifying the desired sequence in a way that covalently links initially separate amplicons, and optionally mixing all the amplified sequences for later analysis. Several methods can be conceived to place each cell in a compartment. For example, one method is to put cells in a microdroplet or a micelle emulsion that can be used in PCR. These droplets can be filled in a directed manner or randomly filled in such a way that most droplets contain at most a single cell. Also, cell sorting can be used to place a single cell in a PC1Q container. Amplification of nucleic acid can then be performed in each droplet.
Scheme 1 [003371 As illustrated in FIG. 9, sequence I can be amplified using primer 1 and primer 2. Primer 2 carries a 5' overhang sequence that is not complementary to the genomic sequence (FIG. 9A, thin line). Similarly sequence 2 can be amplified using primer) and primer 4 (FIG. 9A). Primer 3 carries aS' overhang sequence that is complementary to the overhang sequence of primer 2 (FIG. 9A, line dashed line). In this figure the two overhangs (or the two linking sequences) representing two complementary sequences are drawn in thin lines; one sequence is shown as a solid line and its complement is shown as a dashed line. Other complementary sequences are drawn to have the same solid colors: black, and grey for sequence 1 and 2, respectively.
1003381 After amplification with primers 1-4, each of the two amplification products has a linking sequences on one end and the two products can anneal to each other and strands can be extended to form a full double stranded molecule (FIG. 98). This molecule now has sequence 1 and 2 linked to each other and can then be amplified with primers I and 4 (FIG. 9C).
1093391 All 4 primers can be put in the reaction at the same time to achieve sequence linking and amplification.
It may be beneficial to add low concentration of primers 2 and 3. The low concentration of primer 2 and) will ensure that the two individual sequence amplicons will reach saturation early in the reaction allowing the linked amplicon to dominate the PCR reaction in the latter stages of the reaction. This will lead to the final reaction having a high concentration of the linked amplicon relative to the individual sequence amplicons.
Scheme 1(a) (00340) Scheme 1(a) is a variant of Scheme i in which the linking sequence is identical to the primer 2 sequence (FIG. 10). Sequence 1 can be amplified using primer I and primer 2 with no overhanging sequences on the primers (FIG. bA). Primer 3 carries a 5' overhang sequence that is complementary to primer 2 (FIG.1OA). Sequence 2 can be amplified using primer 3 and primer 4 creating a linking sequence that is complementary to Sequence I (FIG. 10A). Other complementary sequences are drawn to have the same colors: black, and grey for sequence 1 and 2, respectively.
100341] After amplification with primers 1-4, the two products can anneal to each other via the Primer 2 sequence and strands can be extended to form a full double stranded molecule (FIG. 108). This molecule now has sequence 1 and 2 linked to each other and can then be amplified with primer) and 4 (FIG. bc).
Scheme 2 [003421 Scheme 2, shown in FIG. ibis a similar scheme to scheme I except that the ultimate amplification is achieved with sequences that are not complementary to the genome. One advantage of this approach is that the priming sequences can be chosen to be ideal for amplification with no off target axnplification. This can be helpful in cases where primers complementary to the genomic sequence to be amplified are not ideal. By using primers not complementary to the genome for amplification, low concentration of primers 1-4 can be used, minimizing off target amplification. Also, scheme 2 can be adapted to a multiplexing scheme in which more than a pair of primers is used without causing as many primer interactions. Each pair of sequences to be linked will have its own unique 4 primers that need not be at high concentration. One pair of amplificatiGn primers can amplify all the pairs of linked sequences (FIG. 1 IC).
[00343) Sequence 1 can be amplified using primer 1 and primer 2 (FIG. hA). Primer 1 and 2 carry on their 5' ends distinct overhang sequences that are not complementary to the genornic scquencc (FIG. hA, dotted and thin lines, respectively). Similarly, sequence 2 can be amplified using primer 3 and primer 4 (FIG. hA).
Primer 3 and 4 carry on their 5' ends distinct overhang sequences that are not complementary to the genomic sequence (FIG. hA). The overhang on primers I and 4 are labeled as "Amp 1" (dotted) and "Amp 2" (wavy) and are sequences not complementary to the genome ultimately used for amplification (FIG. 1 IA).
Analogously to scheme I, the overhangs of primer 2 (thin) and) (thinldashed) are the linking sequences that are complementary to each other. Other complementary sequences are drawn to have the same colors: black and gray for sequence 1 and sequence 2, respectively.
[003441 After amplification with primers 1-4, each of the two amplification products has a linking sequences on one end and the two products can anneal to each other and strands can be extended to form a full double stranded molecule (FIG. 118). This molecule now has sequence I and 2 linked to each other and can then be amplified with primer 5 and 6 (FIG. lIC).
[003451 Optionally, primers [-4 can initially be used, and after the linking of the two sequences, primer 5 and 6 can be added. A more preferred embodiment will have all the primers added in the first step. Yet a more preferred embodiment will have all the primers present initially with the concentration of primers 1-4 lower than that of 5 and 6. This allows the (WI linking and amplification to occur in one step. The low concentration of primers 2 antI 3 will ensure that the two individual sequence amplicons will reach saturation early in the reaction allowing the linked amplicon to dominate the PCR in the latter stages of the reaction. This witl lead to the final reaction having a high concentration of the linked amplicon relative to the individual sequence amplicons.
Furtizeimore, the low concentration of primers 1-4 minimizes any off target amplification that can occur if these primers were lower quality than primers 5 and 6.
[003461 The use of primers 5 and 6 for amplification enables more efficient multiplexing (FIG. 12). One pair of primers (primers 5 and 6) can be used to amplify all the linked sequences. The linking sequences can be designed in different ways for different applications. The example illustrated in FIG. 12 is for two pairs of sequences to be linked, but this scheme can be extended further to 10's, 100's, or 1000's of sequences. If there is a set of gene pairs to be linked (e.g., TCRa with TCR43 and [gil with lgK) then the linking sequences for each pair can be different. In this example [inking sequencing for TCRa and will be different from those of IgH and IgK as depicted by thick dashed lines (TCRCt and TCRJ3) or thin dashed lines (Xgil with IgK) (FIG. l2A).
All the amplified sequences in. this example are shown in the same color. The amplification primers for the all the linked sequences will be the same primers: 5 and 6 as depicted in FIG. 11. In other applications the same linking sequences can be used if there is no specific pairing, [003471 It is also conceived that more than 2 sequences can be linked. For example 3 or more sequences can be linked together (FIGs. 13A-13D). To create a molecule that links 3 sequences, one of the products can have two different linking sequences on its ends, each linking with one product (FIG. 13A). In the depicted example, sequence 2 has two linking sequences. The linking sequence of primer 3 allows the linking to sequence 1 through the linking sequence of primer 2 (linking sequence complementary pair LS 1). Similarly, the linking sequence of primer 4 allows the linking to sequence 3 through the linking sequence of primer S (linking sequence complementary pair 2, LS2) (FIG. 13A). In another cycle the whole of sequence 2 becomes a linking sequence to link sequence I and sequence 3. The AmpI and Amp 2 sequences complementary to primers I and 6 enable amplification after formation of a molecule with linked sequences 1-3.
EXAMPLE 20
Monitoring for metastatic recurrence in colon cancer patients [003481 Many cancers that are detected at a treatable stage still carry an ongoing risk to the patient of melastatic tumor recurrence. Such recurrences are often detected late and at untreatable stages an can be fatal to the patients. One example of such a situation is that of recurrent colon cancer. Despite increasingly aggressive colon cancer screening programs, colon cancer represents one of the most common malignancies in the US.
Approximately 150,000 patients per year are diagnosed with colon cancer at serious but treatable stages (Stage II and Stage HI). These patients are treated by tumor resection followed by a course of chemotherapy. While these treatments are generally effective, there is nonetheless a significant chance that these patients will have metastatic recurrences of the primary tumor in the years following treatment. 50% of Stage [TI patients for instance will have a recurrence within 5 years of surgery. These recurrences can be either isolated (e.g. in the colon or liver) or multifocal. In either case but particularly if they are isolated, detecting them at an early stage can play a role in maximizing the chances of successflul therapy (surgery and/or chemotherapy).
[003491 There are currently two tests used in post treatment suj-veillance, CT scan of the abdomen and chest is used to identify tumors visible on these images. Typically these scans are done at intervals of 6-12 months for the first 5 years post therapy. While these scans can reveal early stage malignancies, there clinical effectiveness is in debate. Drawbacks of these scans include the fact that they subject the patients to significant amounts of radiation which can itself cause fUrther tumors and the significant expense. Another blood based test has been shown to have some value: CEA testing. This antibody test measures the level of a protein in serum that is specific to some colon tumors, The drawback to CEA testing is its lack of sensitivity (<60% of patients with positive CT scans have a positive CEA test).
[00350] In this embodiment of the invention, lymphocytes obtained from the resected primary tumor are used to develop an immune profile that can be used to add sensitivity to a blood based test for early cancer recurrence TCRs (and/or BCRs) of the lymphocytes found in the resected tumor can be amplified and sequenced.
Clonotypes that are enriched in the tumor sample are likely relevant to the immune response to the tumor, Subsequent blood draws from the patient can be used to assess the level of these clonotypes. A rise in the level of these clonotypes can signal an immune response to a tumor recurrence. In this case the detection of the immune response may be more sensitive than the detection of the tumor marker itself.
1003511 Discovery study for the detection of cancer recurrence using a calibration test 1003521 It is conceived that a discovery study can be performed to determine the likelihood of detection of recurrence given the profile of blood TCR (and/or 8CR). Samples of resected tumor samples as well as follow up blood samples of patients with known outcome can be used for this study. TCR (and/or 8CR) from all these samples can be sequenced. Candidates for the correlating clonotypes are those that are present in the TCR (and/cr 3CR) data from the tumor samples Given the known outcomes in this training study one can devise using the standard cross validation techniques, a model that generates a score (Recurrence Risk) given the level of the different clonotypes. This Recurrence score can thus be calculated in a new patient by measuring the clonotypes in the resected tumor (calibration point) and the data from the clonotypes found in the same patient's blood at a later time during the surveillance for recurrence. The use of the tumor data allows great reduction in the number of clonotypes present in blood that are considered in this analysis.
[003531 Discovery study for the detection of cancer recurrence using a calibration test and a population study [003541 It is likely that not all clonotypes that are enriched in the tumor specimen are relevant to the immune response to the tumor. There might be some lymphocyte that expanded locally due to a favorable inflammatory condition. In another embodiment of this invention the discovery study can be done using the same samples but the study is used to identify parameters that distinguish correlating" from "non correlating" clonot)pes. These parameters can include I) Sequence motif: The motif can be a specific V or J region, a combination VJ, or short sequences in DJ region that is associated with a clonotype being correlating; 2) Size of the clonotype; 3) Level: Absolute level (number of reads per million) or rank level; 4) Similarity to other olonotypes: the presence of other highly related clonotypes, like those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes; 5) For the BCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype and/or the number of distinct clonotypes that differ by somatic mutations from some germline clonotype. 6) Presence in a cell carrying a specific marker. This study will then result in an algorithm that can predict which clonotypes are likely to be correlating with cancer recurrence in blood given a specific set of clonotypes present in a given tumor sample. These clonotypes can then be used to develop ii score of Recurrence Risk in the same manner as described above.
[003551 Discovery study for the detection of cancer recurrence using a population study 1003561 In another embodiment of this invention, the clonotypes measured in the resected tumor are used to generate a model that predicts correlating clonotypes in as yet unseen samples. This model can also be used to generate a Recurrence Risk score in a manner analogous to that described above, Tn this model there would be no need to measure the clonotypes in the resected cancer tissue in a new patient undergoing recurrence surveillance but rather the Recurrence Risk could be assessed by simply measuring the clonotypes in a given blood sample.
[00357] Discovery study for the detection of primary colon cancer using a population study [00358] As an extension it is conceived that detection of primary cancers can be achieved using the same methodology. With the primary cancers there is no tumor resected that can be used to enrich for relevant clonotypes. However, eveo in the presence of tumor resection data it is conceived that additional sequence and other parameters need to be used to identify relevant clonotypes and ultimately generate a score for likelihood of cancer detection. Therefore by extension if the algorithm is predictive enough one is able to detect the cancer from blood (or other bodily fluid) without the data from the resected tumor. In this embodiment of the invention, a discovery study with blood samples from patients preceding their diagnosis of primary cancer need to be available. In an analogous fashion to the one described above, parameters (sequence and other) can be identified to predict the clonotypes that are correlated to the immune system response to the tumor. A model can then be used to generate a Cancer Risk score that predicts the progression risk to colon cancer. This algorithm can then be applied to new patient's blood sample to measure the risk of primary colon cancer.
EXAMPLE 21
Monitorinc for reiection in heart transplant patients [003591 Heart transplants are a relatively uncommon procedure as the supply of organs is very limited. 3,500 heart transplants performed every year worldwide. Each procedure is very expensive and the organs that are used are priceless. As a result the patients that receive these organs are treated extremely proactively. In order to measure the state of the immune reaction to the donated organ at a time at which interventions with immunosuppressants can be effective, patients are given periodic heart biopsies to measure inflanirnation of the organ. Based on these tests, aggressive courses of immunosuppressants may be given. These procedures have several limitations. As invasive surgical procedures they have risks to the patient. Furthermore they are expensive and can only be done at infrequent intervals. A blood based tests based on profiling the expression of a panel of II test genes (Allomap) have been shown to be quite sensitive in detecting organ rejection but lacks sufficient sensitivity to be used as a replacement for biopsy and is instead used to decide when to do a biopsy. In one embodiment of this invention TCR (and/or BCR) profiles are used to assess the state of "rejection" and generate a Rejection Risk score that predicts the likelihood of rejection in a specific time frame. It is conceived that a discovery study can be performed to determine the likelihood of rejection given the profile of blood TCR (and/or 8CR). This can be used in the clinic to inform the immunosuppressive therapies that are being used.
[003601 Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a population study [003611 In this embodiment of the invention a population of post transplant patienta with blood samples with known clinical outcome can be used. TCR (and/or 8CR) from all these samples can be sequenced and correlation of individual clonotypes with rejection outcome can be used to distinguish correlating from non-correlating clonotypes. Subsequently, parameters can be derived that distinguish those two classes of clonotypes. These parameters can include 1) Sequence motif: The motif can be a specific V on region, a combination VJ, or short sequences in DJ region that is associated with a clonotype being correlating; 2) Size of the clonotype; 3) Level: Absolute level (number of reads per million) or rank level; 4) Similarity to other clonotypes: the presence of other highly related clonotypes, like those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes; 5) For the BCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype and/or the number of distinct clono types that differ by somatic mutations from some germline clonotype. 6) Presence in a cell carrying a specific marker. An alternative or supplemental method to define the correlating and non-correlating clonotype would come if the study samples have biopsy samples of the graft, particularly if it was in active rejection. It is expected that at that time there will be great enrichment of the correlating clonotypes. Parameters to distinguish these from the other clonotypes can be identified as discussed above.
[00362] The profile data from the blond samples is then used to predict the likelihood of rejection. Given the known outcomes in this training study one can devise, a model u.sing the standard cross validation techniques that generates a Rejection Risk score given the level of the different clonotypes. Given the profile in a new blood sample of TCR (and/or BCR) at a specific point a Rejection Risk score relating to the likelihood of rejection can be generated [003631 Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a calibration test [003641 In another embodiment a method of identifying correlating clonotypes can be implemented using a calibration test for each patient This method involves a first biopsy sample be taken post transplant. The presence of biopsy material of the graft post transplant offers the possibility of analyzing TCRs from the biopsy sample to identify the correlating clonotypes as defined by those that are prevalent in this sample. This set of clonotypes can then be followed in blood and a score is generated for the likelihood of rejection. The algorithm to generate the Rejection Risk score is derived through a discovery study that is similar to the one described above that utilizes the availabte clinical data and the levels of the correlating clonotypes to generate a Rejection Risk score that approximates the likelihood of rejection.
[00365[ In this embodiment a specific calibration test will be done using material from a first biopsy post transplant but further biopsies could be replaced by the use of blood samples whose clonotypes could be used along with this calibration test to measure a Rejection Risk score.
1003661 In addition to the graft hiopsy, one can use the blood samples before transplant as another calibration point. Clonotypes that are prevalent in this sample are unlikely to be related to the rejection representing rather the history of prior antigens the patient has seen. Therefore when considering the blood samples after transplant one can subtract the clonotypes that were present before the transplant in determining the correlating clonotypes.
These clonotypes can then be used to generate a model of Rejection Risk.
[003671 In this embodiment, two calibration tests would be can be used: one prior to transplant and one from a biopsy after transplant. These calibrations could then be used along with clonocypes derived from a blood test to measure Rejection Risk.
[003681 Discovery of correlating clono types using a calibration test and a population study [00369] In another embodiment, the identification of the correlating clonotypes can be achieved through a combination of the above approaches. Specifically this can be achieved by using the population study to generate an algorithm to predict correlating clonotypes. In addition it can be achieved through calibration data from the same patient using graft biopsy and/or blood samples pre-transplant. A more preferred embodiment will employ both approaches: population-built algorithm and individual calibration to most accurately identify the correlating clonotypes. A Rejection Risk score is then generated using the level of these clonotypes to predict the likelihood of rejection through the use of the population study as a training set.
[003701 In this embodiment, two calibration tests can be used: one prior to transplant and one from a biopsy after transplant. These calibrations could then be used along with clonotypes derived from a blood test to measure Rejection Risk.
1003711 The prediction of GV}ID can be done in a very similar maimer with the same concept of the population study to generate an algorithm to predict correlating clonotypes. Also the "negative" calibration can be generated from the donor sample pre-transplantation. An approach using both the algorithm and calibration is likely to be more predictive of the correlating clonotypes. An algorithm to compute a score of the likelihood of GVRI) given the level of the correlating clonotypes can be generated using a population study in a maimer as described above. This algorithm can then be used for the prediction of the likelihood of (WilD in the next set of patients.
EXAMPLE 22
Monitorine for PML infection in MS patients treated with natalizumab [00372] One embodiment of the invention uses TCR and/or BCR profile to detect subclinical Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy (PML) in MS patients. PML is a serious and often fatal disease that causes often rapidly progressive demyelinating disease through killing oligodendrocytes that synthesize myelin. It is caused by IC virus that is present in a latent phase in the majority of the population. In a fraction of the immunosuppressed population (e.g., AIDS) the virus is reactivated leading to the development of this serious disease. In addition some patients who are being immunosuppressed through the use of medication like post transplant patients can also develop PML. Some specific medication has been linked to the risk of PML in specific patient populations. For example natalizumab (Tysabri) was associated with the development of more than 10 cases of PML among patients with multiple sclerosis (MS) leading to its withdrawal of the market for a period of time. Natalizumab is well accepted to be more effective than the other FDA approved medications for multiple sclerosis, but its use has been limited by the fea.rofPML development. Once PML is suspected, plasmapheresis can be performed to reduce the concentration of the drug in the patient. The overlap between symptoms of MS and PML can sometimes delay the detection of PML. Early detection of subclinical PML is urgently needed.
1003731 These clonotypes may be discerned from blood samples from a population where some patients developed PML. This population can be used to identify clonotypes that correlate with the later development of PML. With the availability of these clonotypes an algorithm to identify parameters that distinguish these from other clonotypes can be generated.
1003741 Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a population study [003751 Tn this case an algorithm is generated to predict the clonotypes that are relevant to the emergence of PML. The algorithm can be trained on a set of clonotypes deemed to be correlating with the disease. In this embodiment of the invention blood (or other body fluid) samples in a discovery study from a population of patients with a latent infection with JC virus some of whom go on to develop PML can be used. TCR (and/or BCR) from all these samples can be sequenced and correlation of individual clonotypes with infectious agent reactivation outcome can be used to distinguish correlating from noncorrelating clonotypes. Parameters that distinguish those two classes of clonotypes can be identified. These parameters can include 1) Sequence motif: The motif can be a specific V or.1 region, a combination Vf, or short sequences in IN region that is associated with a clonotype being correlating; 2) Size of the clonotype; 3) Level: Absolute level (number of reads per million) or rank level; 4) Similarity to other clonotypes: the presence of other highly related clonotypes, like those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes; 5) For the BCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype and/or the number of distinct clonotypes that differ by somatic mutations from some germtine clonotype. 6) Presence in a cell carrying a specific marker. An alternative or supplemental method to define the correlating and non-correlating clonotype would come from a set of patients who are mounting an immune response to the same infectious agent. Enriched clonotypes (particularly those that are at a significantly higher level than before the imniune response) in these patients can be considered correlating and parameters that distinguish them from other clonotypes can be identified.
[00376J Similarly the correlating clonotypes can be identified from samples of patients with active PML or from in vitro studies to identify clonotypes that respond to JC virus antigen. The responding clonotypes may originate from one or a plurality of subjects that may be healthy or infected with the infectious agent. These clonotypes can be considered correlating and parameters that distinguish them from other clonotypes can be identified.
1003771 The profile data from the samples in the discovery study is then used to predict the likelihood of reactivation. Given the known outcomes in this training study one can devise using the standard cross validation techniques, a model that generates a PML Risk score given the level of the different clonotypes. So given the profile in a blood sample of TCR (and/or BCR) at a specific point a score relating to the likelihood of reactivation can be generated. This algorithm can now be used with data from a novel patient to predict the patient's correlating clonotypes as well as to generate a PML Risk score for the likelihood of reactivation.
[0037SJ En a very similar maimer other infection-related outcomes can be studied. For example in addition to reactivation of latent infection, one can assess clearance of infection. Furthermore given the TCR and/or BCR repertoire one may be able to evaluate likelihood of having immunity for a specific infectious agent.
EXAMPLE 23
Monitorinn for reactivation of latent injections [003191 In another embodiment TCR and BCR profiling can be used to monitor infections that have periods of acute infection followed by latency and reactivation. Examples of such diseases include Hepatitis B and C as well as Herpes viruses. Predicting infections at early stage would be desirable.
[003801 Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a calibration test [00381] In another embodiment a method of identifying correlating clonotypes can be implemented using a calibration test for each patient The presence of a biological sample from the same patient at a previous time point when the patient was mounting an immune response to the infectious agent can serve to identify the correlating clonotypes. This set of clonotypes can then be followed in blood and a Reactivation Risk score is generated for the likelihood of reactivation. The algorithm to generate the score is derived through a discovery study that is similar to the one described above that utilizes the available clinical data and the counts of the correlating clonotypes to generate a Reactivation Risk score that approximates the likelihood of reactivation. To use this score a sample taken from a new patient in clinical practice during a period of acute infection. This data would he used along with a subsequent sample taken during the latent period to measure the Reactivation Risk for clinical purposes.
(00382] Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a calibration test and a populatioa study (00383] In another embodiment, the identification of the correlating cloitotypes can be achieved through a combination of the above approaches. Specifically this can be achieved by using the population study to generate an algorithm to predict correlating clonotypes. The correlating clonotypes can be obtained from a population study of patients with known outcome of the infection and/or a set of patients with active immune response to the infectious agent, and/or from in vitro experiments to identify clonotypes reactive with the infectious agent. In addition it can be achieved through calibration data from the same patient using older data points at the time of an active inmiune response against the relevant infectious agent. A more preferred embodiment will employ both approaches: population-built algorithm and individual calibration to most accurately identify the correlating clonotypes. A Reactivation Risk score is then generated using the level of these clonotypes to predict the likelihood of reactivation through the use of the population study as a training set To use this score a sample taken &oni a new patient in the clinic during a period of acute infection is profiled. This data wnuld be used along with a subsequent sample taken during the latent period to measure the Reactivation Risk for clinical purposes. A similar structure can be employed to study infectious agent clearance and or immunity to it.
EXAMPLE 24
Monitoring for allergic response during immurzotheranv [003*4] Allergic rhinitis is a common condition afflicting -41% of the US population. This is typically an aUergy to pollen or dust. Eliminating the exposure is difficult and it involves vigilant effort. The most common treatments used in chronic rhinitis are decongestants, antihistamines, and nasal steroids. In severe cases immunotherapy is done. The goal of the immunotherapy is to de-sensitize the patieni First a challenge with many potential allergens is done to identify the specific allergen the patient is reacting to. Then the patient is injected with increasing amount of allergen over a period of months to years until a maintenance dose is achieved, and the treatment is then continued for several years. Typically the patient can feet an improvement in symptoms within 3-6 months, but that can also be as late as 12-18 months, bat a large fraction of the patients do not benefit from the treatment or have relapses. One reason for the slow dose escalation is the risk of anaphylaxis if the patient is given a high dose of allergen before s/he sufficiently dc-sensitized.
[00385] In one embodiment of this invention TCR (and/or 8CR) pro files are used to assess the state of disease in allergic rhinitis and generate an Allergy Score that predicts how prone the patient to mount an allergic response should s/he he exposed to the relevant allergen. It is conceived that a discovery study can be performed to determine the likelihood of allergy response given the profile of blood TCR (and/or 8CR). This can be used intailoring the immunotherapy treatment. Possible clinical decision can be to discontinue the treatment if it is deemed ineffective, continue the injection regimen, or accelerate the treatment to reach the maintenance dose faster.
[003861 Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a population study [00387J In this embodiment of the invention a population of allergic rbinitis patients on immunotherapy with blood samples with known clinical outcome can be used. TCR (and/or 8CR) from all these samples can be sequenced and correlation of individual clonotypes with allergy outcome can be used to distinguish correlating from non-correlating clonotypes. Subsequently, parameters can be derived that distinguish those two classes of clonotypes. These parameters can include I) Sequence motif: The motif can be a specific V or J region, a combination VJ, or shortsequences in DJ region that is associated with a clonotype being correlating; 2) Size of the clonotype; 3) Level: Absolute level (number of reads per million) or rank level; 4) Similarity to other clonotypes: the presence of other highly related clonotypes, like those with silent changes (nucleotide differences that code for same amino acids) or those with conservative amino acid changes; 5) For the BCRs the level of somatic mutations in the clonotype and/or the number of distinct clonotypes that differ by somatic mutations from some germline clonotype. 6) Presence in a cell carrying a specific marker. An alternative or supplemental method to define the correlating and non-correlating clonotype would use biopsy of positive allergy test material from patients positive for a specific allergen. At the site of injection of the allergen it is expected that there will be great enrichment of the correlating clonotypes. Parameters to distinguish these from the other clonotypes can be identified as discussed previously.
[00388] The profile data from the blood samples is then used to predict the allergy state. Given the known outcomes in this training study one can devise, a model using the standard cross validation techniques that generates an Allergy Score given the level of the different clonotypes. Given the profile in a new blood sample of TCR (and/or 8CR) at a specific point, an Allergy Score can be generated to estimate the degree to which this patient is prone to mount an allergic response.
[00389] Discovery of correlating clonotypes using a calibration test [00390] In another embodiment a method of identifying correlating clonotypes can be implemented using a calibration test for each patient. This method involves a biopsy sample from a site with a positive allergen response be taken from the patient This can be from the initial allergy test that was performed to determine the specific allergen the patient is responding to or sample from the site of any thrther treatment injections. This can be done more than once to ensure that the appropriate clnnotypes are being followed in case there is some epitope spreading. TCR and/or 8CR from these biopsy samples can be used to identify the correlating clonotypes as defined by those that are prevalent in this sample. This set of clonotypes can then be followed in blood and a score is generated for the likelihood of allergy response. The algorithm to generate the Allergy Score is derived through a discovery study that is similar to the one described above that utilizes the available clinical data and the levels of the correlating clonotypes to generate an Allergy Score that estimates the allergy state.
L003911 Discovery of correlnting elonotypes using a calibration test and a population study 1003921 In another embodiment, the identification of the correlating clonotypes can be achieved through a combination of the above approaches. Specifically this can be achieved by using the population study to generate an algorithm to predict correlating clonotypes. In addition it can be achieved through calibration data from the same patient using biopsy from a site with a positive allergen response. A more preferred embodiment will employ both approaches: population-built algorithm and individual calibration to most accurately identi& the correlating clonotypes. An Allergy Score is then generated using the level of these clonotypes to predict the state of allergy through the use of the population study as a training set.
1003931 While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it wilt be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention, It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
-SI-
2crcapks of 4'e n\RCi0fl tflflCL Jjvl -ia 1. A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells comprising: a. obtaining a sample front a subject comprising 1-cells and/or B-cells; b. spatially isolating individual molecules of genomic DNA from said cells; c. sequencing said spatially isolated individual molecules of genomic DNA; d. determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
2. A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells comprising: a, obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cclls and/or B-cells; & spatially isolating individual molecules of genomic DNA from said cells; c. amplifying said individual molecules of genomic DNA; d. sequencing said amplified DNA, and e determining the levels of different sequences front said sample to geeerate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
3 A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells comprising: a. obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells; in amplifying genornic DNA Front said cells; c. spatially isolating individual molecules of said amplified DNA; d. sequencing said spatially isolated individual molecules of amplified DNA; and a determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
4. A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-c efls comprising: a. obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells; b. amplifying genomic DNA from said cells; c. spatially isolating individual molecules of said amplified DNA; d. re-amplifying said amplified DNA molecules; e. sequencing said re-amplified DNA molecules; and 5. determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
S. A method for determining a profile of sequences of recombined DNA in T-cells and/or B-cells comprising: a. obtaining a sample from a subject comprising T-cells and/or B-cells; b. reverse transcribing RNA from said cells to form eDNA; c. spatially isolating individual molecules of' said cDNA; d. optionally re-amplifying said spatially isolated individual molecules of cDNA; e sequencing said eDNA and/nt re.amplified eDNA; and C determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
6. A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells coinpnsing; a. Obtaining a sample from a subject comprising 1-cells and/or 3-cells; S. Spatially isolating individual cells in said sample; e. Sequencing individual molecules of nucleic fmm said cells: and d. Determining the levels of different sequences from said sample to generate said profile of recombined DNA sequences.
p ora1yoph S 7. The method of any one oe&aia 1-5, wherein said amplifying and/or re-amplifying comprises PCR, multiplex PCR, TMA, NASBA, or LAMP.
p nrc5 fnph$ S. The method of any one odains 1-5, wherein said spatially isolating comprises subeloning said DNA or eDNA in vectors used to transform bacteria, separating said DNA or eDNA in two dimensions on a solid support, separating said DNA or eDNA in three dimensions in a solution with micelies, or separating molecules using micro-reaction chambers.
p or oiopk 1). The method of any oselsiss 1-5, wherein said amplifying and/or re-amplifying is by growth of bacteria harboring subeloned 0144 or eDNA, amplification of DNA or eDNA on a slide, or amplification of DNA or eDNA on a bead.
p CrQyapks 10. The method of any o5çQ1H 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises dideoxy sequencing.
p cr a5ropks 11. The method of any oainias 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises sequencing by synthesis using reversibly terminated labeled nuclentides.
pci C5(if ls 12. The method of any o9laSs 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises detection of pyrophnsphate release on nucleotide incorporation.
pooopkr 13. The method of any o5,eMiim 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises allele specific hybridization to a library of Labeled oligonueleotide probes. $3-
po;osb0c 14. The method of any othi 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises sequencing by synthesis using allele specific hybridization to a Library of labeled oligonucleotide probes followed by ligation of said probes.
15. The method of any oçaSn 1-5, wherein said sequencing comprises real time monitoring of the incorporation of labeled nucleotides during a polymerization step.
16. the method of any o5\a 1-6, wherein said recombined DNA sequences comprise T-cell receptor genes and/or mxnunoglobufln genes.
porcyoks 17. The method of any 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises sequencing a subset of the ML cloual sequences of immunoglobulin and/or T-cell receptor genes.
cat aropk IS. the method oeini 17, wherein said subset of the lull clonal sequence comprises the V-D junction, D-J junction of an inununoglobulin or T-eell receptor gene, the fill variable region of an immunoglobulin or teefi receptor gene, the antigen recognition region, or the complemenlarity determining region 3 (CDR3).
19. The method o\Wai 17, wherein said T-cell receptor genes comprise T-cell receptor l genes.
oFo3ruP The method o 17, wherein said iminunogLobulin genes comprise iinmunoglobutin heavy genes.
21. The method of any one oRa4 1-6, wherein said amplifying or re-amplifying comprises a plurality of primers complementary to V segments and one primer comptementary to a C segment 22. The method of any one oelea 1-6, wherein said amplifying or re-amplifying comprises a plurality of primers complementary to V segments and a plurality of primers complementary to C segments.
f RICjf(OfA 23. The method o5 22, wherein said plurality of primers complementary to V segments comprises at teast three different primers for each V segment and the plurality of primers complementary to C segments comprises at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, or at least 6 primers.
24. rhe method of any o6s 1-6, wherein said TV-cells and/or B-cells are subsets of the total T-cells and/or B-cells.
pc&tc&rpk 25. The method inli 24, wherein said subset of T-cells are CD4+, CD84-cells, or CD27 cells.
pCa1SjtOpVtb 26. The method of any o9e1aSa 1-6, wherein said sample comprises at least 100,000, at least 500,000, at least 750,000, of at least 1,000,000 T-cells.
Pt' tt� 27. The method of any 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises at least taco reads pcr run, at least 10,000 reads per run, at least 100,000 reads per run, or at least 1.000,000 reads per rum pc Scp3 2&. The method of any oSSs 1-6, wherein said sequencing comprises generating about 30 bp, about 40 bp, about 50 bp, about 60 bp, about 70 bp, about 80 bp, about 90 bp, about 100 bp, about l10,orabout l20bpperread.
pab4bro�l'e# 29. The method of any ola I -6, wherein said sample is taken when the subject is at a flare state of an autoinmtune disease.
y,ja3rc'pk S 30. The method of any o9Sms 1-6, wherein said sample is taken from a subject having or suspected of having systemic lupus erythematosus.
31. A method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes in a subject comprising: a. generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individual, spatially isolated molecules from at least one sample from the subject, wherein the at least one sample is related to a first state of the disease, and b. determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the subject based on the one or mere clouot'ype profiles.
pr.iob(Apk 32. The method ofim 31, wherein said at least ooe sample is from a tissue affected by the disease.
�AF4A5' 33. The method o.ahn ii, wherein said determination of one or more correlating clonotypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples.
pa'4Op k 34. The method o 31, wherein said ftrst state of the disease is a peak state of the disease.
p orayopk 35. The method osSS 34, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease.
36. The method ofA&et 34, wherein said one or more correlating elonotypea are absent in the peak state of the disease.
37 The method o 34, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are high in the peak state of the disease.
pc41c1oçk 38. The method o5 34, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are low in the peak state of the disease.
39. The method 31, wherein said sample comprises T-cells and/or B-cells.
por&(cf\ 40. The method o 39, wherein said T-cells and/or B-cells comprise a subset of T-eells and/or B-cells.
(ml C1510$'\ 41. The method orrnnt 40, wherein said subset of F-cells andtor B-cells are enriched by interaction with a marker.
42. The method ofdaim4 I, wherein said marker is a cell surface marker on the subset of T-cells and/or B-cells.
pcra3iopk 43. The method oei39, wherein said subset of T-cells and/or B-cells interact with an antigen specifically present in the disease.
IA
44, The method o9,m 31, wherein the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus oc multiple sclerosis.
45. A method for developing an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with a disease comprising: a. generating a plurality of clonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, b. identiMng one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, c. using sequence parameters anWor lsttctional data from one or more correlating clonotypes identified in b) to1op the algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease.
perccopk 46. The method oselthc 45, wherein the set of samples are taken from ooe or mote tissues affected by the disease.
p&rc.y ok 47. The method ot 45, wherein said identification of one or more correlating clonotypes comprises comparing clonotype profiles from at least two samples.
paro,iopL 4& The method ofRL4S, wherein said functional data include binding ability of markers oaT-cell an&or B-cell surface or interaction with antigen by a t-cell or B cell.
49 The method oSt 45, wherein said sequence parameters oomprise nucleic acid sequence and predicted amino acid sequence.
p4r6cfep 50. The method o9ts 45, wherein the samples are from one or more individuals at a peak stage of the disease. p
51. The method oltha 50, wherein said One or more correlating olimotypes are present in the peak state of the disease.
OCkIA&/A�\ 52. The method oS 50, wherein said one or more correlating clonetypes are at a high level in the peak state of the disease.
53. The method otnr 50, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are at a low level in the peak state of the disease.
54. The method ofe 50, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are absent at the peak state of the disease.
55. The method oseinim 45, wherein the disease is systemic lupus erythernatosus or multiple sclerosis.
56. A method for discovering one or more correlating clonotypes for an individual, comprising a. inputting a clonotype profile froze a sample from the individual into the algorithm of elziw45, and b. using the algorithm to determine one or more correlating olonotypes for the individual.
57 The method of 56, wherein said sample is at taken at a peak state of disease 58. The method of 56, wherein the sample is talcea from disease affected tissue.
59. A method fir generating an algorithm that calculates a disease activity score, comprising: a. developing an algorithm that uses a set of factors to combine levels of correlating clonotypes into a disease activity score, b. comparing the disease activity score to clinical data regarding the disease state, and c. optimizing the factors in order to maximize the correlation between clinical data and the disease activity score.
60. A method for monitoring the disease state of an individual comprising: a. determining a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual, b. inputting the clonotype profile inibrmati2gfrom a) into the algorithm that calculates a disease activity score generated 4 59, and c. using the algorithm that calculates a disease activity score to generate a score predictive of die disease state of the individual.
poc a5(cp 61 The method of -60, thrther comprising determining one or more cot-relating cloootypes ifl the individual, an inputting information the one or more correlating clonotpes into the algorithm.
pc.sccycpk 62. The method olaS 61, wherein said determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the individual comprises a generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individuat, spatially isolated molecules from at least one sample from the subject wherein the at least one sampte is related to a first state of the disease, antI b. determining one or more correlating clonolypes in the subject based on the one or more ctonotype profiles.
63. The meittod oS 61, wherein said determining one or more correlating clonotypes in the individual comprises a. inputting a clonotype profile from a sample from the individual into an algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes, wherein, said algorithm that can predict one or more correlating clonotypes is developed by i. generating a plurality of elonotype profiles from a set of samples, wherein the samples are relevant to the disease, ii. identifying one or more correlating clonotypes from the set of samples, iii. using sequence parameters andfor thnctional data from one or more correlating clonotypes ideatitled in ii) to develop the algorithm that can predict correlating clonotypes in any sample from a subject with the disease, and b, using the algorithm that can predict one or more correlating cloeotypes to determine one or more correlating clonotypes for the individual. peroh
64. The method o5t 61, wherein the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or multiple scterosis,

Claims (13)

  1. Claims 1. A method for determining one or more correlating clonotypes of a disease in a subject comprising: a. generating one or more clonotype profiles by nucleic acid sequencing individual, spatially isolated molecules from at least two samples from the subject, wherein at least one sample is related to a first state of the disease, and b. determining one or more conelating clonotypes in the subject based on comparing a clonotype profile of the at least one sample with one or more clonotype profiles of at least one other sample.
  2. 2. The method of claim I wherein each of said clonotype profiles comprises at least 1000 sequence reads each comprising at least 30 bp.
  3. 3. The method of claim 2 wherein each of said clonotype profiles comprises a repertoire of T-cell receptor genes and/or B-cell receptor genes.
  4. 4. The method of claim 2, wherein said at least one sample is from a tissue affected by the disease.
  5. 5. The method of claim 1, wherein said first state of the disease is a peak state of the disease.
  6. 6. The method of claim 5, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are present in the peak state of the disease.
  7. 7. The method of claimS, wherein said one or more correlating clonotypes are absent in the peak state of the disease.
  8. 8. The method of claim 1, wherein said sample comprises T -cells andlor B-cells.
  9. 9. The method of claim 8, wherein said T-cells and/or B-cells comprise a subset of T-cells andior B cells.
  10. 10. The method of claim 9, wherein said subset of T -cells and/or B-cells are enriched by interaction with a marker.
  11. 11. The method of claim 10, wherein said marker is a cell surface marker on the subset of T -cells and/or B-cells.
  12. 12. The method of claim 8, wherein said subset of T-cells and/or B-cells interact with an antigen specifically present in the disease.
  13. 13. The method of claim 1, wherein the disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or multiple sclerosis.
GB1105068.9A 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for correlating clonotypes with a disease in a patient Active GB2477439B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB1120209.0A GB2483810B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for correlating clonotypes with diseases in a population

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11269308P 2008-11-07 2008-11-07
GB1009641A GB2467704B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
GB201105068D0 GB201105068D0 (en) 2011-05-11
GB2477439A true GB2477439A (en) 2011-08-03
GB2477439B GB2477439B (en) 2012-02-15

Family

ID=42153463

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
GB1209668.1A Active GB2488700B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for monitoring disease conditions by analysis of the full repertoire of CDR3 sequences of an individual
GB1009641A Active GB2467704B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells
GB1300533.5A Active GB2497007B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods of monitoring disease conditions by analysis of the full repertoire of the V-D junction or D-J junction sequences of an individual
GB1120209.0A Active GB2483810B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for correlating clonotypes with diseases in a population
GB1105068.9A Active GB2477439B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for correlating clonotypes with a disease in a patient

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
GB1209668.1A Active GB2488700B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for monitoring disease conditions by analysis of the full repertoire of CDR3 sequences of an individual
GB1009641A Active GB2467704B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 A method for determining a profile of recombined DNA sequences in T-cells and/or B-cells
GB1300533.5A Active GB2497007B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods of monitoring disease conditions by analysis of the full repertoire of the V-D junction or D-J junction sequences of an individual
GB1120209.0A Active GB2483810B (en) 2008-11-07 2009-11-09 Methods for correlating clonotypes with diseases in a population

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (16) US8236503B2 (en)
EP (4) EP4335932A3 (en)
JP (2) JP5798926B2 (en)
CN (2) CN102272327B (en)
AU (1) AU2009311588B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2742380C (en)
ES (2) ES2453066T3 (en)
GB (5) GB2488700B (en)
SG (1) SG195652A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2010053587A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (222)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002055017A2 (en) * 2000-11-21 2002-07-18 Wake Forest University Method of treating autoimmune diseases
US9424392B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2016-08-23 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
CN103323610B (en) 2007-10-02 2016-12-28 赛拉诺斯股份有限公司 Modular point-of-care devices and application thereof
ES2663662T3 (en) 2008-01-18 2018-04-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods to detect signs of diseases or conditions in body fluids
US8691510B2 (en) * 2008-11-07 2014-04-08 Sequenta, Inc. Sequence analysis of complex amplicons
US9394567B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Detection and quantification of sample contamination in immune repertoire analysis
US9528160B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-12-27 Adaptive Biotechnolgies Corp. Rare clonotypes and uses thereof
AU2009311588B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-07-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Methods of monitoring conditions by sequence analysis
US8628927B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-01-14 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US9365901B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-06-14 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Monitoring immunoglobulin heavy chain evolution in B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia
US8748103B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-06-10 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US9506119B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-11-29 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method of sequence determination using sequence tags
HUE029424T2 (en) 2009-01-15 2017-02-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Adaptive immunity profiling and methods for generation of monoclonal antibodies
US8383347B1 (en) * 2009-05-01 2013-02-26 University Of South Florida Method of diagnosing or assessing risk for Parkinson's disease or Alzheimer's disease using TCR clonality
KR20120044941A (en) 2009-06-25 2012-05-08 프레드 헛친슨 켄서 리서치 센터 Method of measuring adaptive immunity
US8703652B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2014-04-22 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Non-invasive diagnosis of graft rejection in organ transplant patients
US9043160B1 (en) 2009-11-09 2015-05-26 Sequenta, Inc. Method of determining clonotypes and clonotype profiles
WO2011101744A2 (en) * 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Region of interest extraction and normalization methods
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
WO2011127099A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2011-10-13 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
JP6158080B2 (en) * 2010-05-06 2017-07-05 アダプティヴ バイオテクノロジーズ コーポレーション Health and disease status monitoring using chronotype profiles
EP2566984B1 (en) 2010-05-07 2019-04-03 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University Measurement and comparison of immune diversity by high-throughput sequencing
US11339429B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11408031B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-08-09 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing
US11332785B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US10316362B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2019-06-11 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US9677118B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2017-06-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US20190010543A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2019-01-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11326208B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for nested PCR amplification of cell-free DNA
US11332793B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11939634B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-03-26 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11322224B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
CA3037126C (en) 2010-05-18 2023-09-12 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
CN101921874B (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-09-11 深圳华大基因科技有限公司 Method for measuring human papilloma virus based on Solexa sequencing method
US20130184178A1 (en) 2010-07-23 2013-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods of Detecting Autoimmune or Immune-Related Diseases or Conditions
SG10201505723UA (en) 2010-07-23 2015-09-29 Harvard College Methods for detecting signatures of disease or conditions in bodily fluids
SG10201505724SA (en) 2010-07-23 2015-09-29 Harvard College Methods of detecting diseases or conditions using phagocytic cells
WO2012012717A1 (en) 2010-07-23 2012-01-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods of detecting prenatal or pregnancy-related diseases or conditions
WO2012017081A1 (en) * 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Identification of t cell target antigens
WO2012027503A2 (en) * 2010-08-24 2012-03-01 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Method of measuring adaptive immunity
CN102409045B (en) * 2010-09-21 2013-09-18 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 Tag library constructing method based on DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) adapter connection as well as used tag and tag adapter
CN102409043B (en) * 2010-09-21 2013-12-04 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 Method for constructing high-flux and low-cost Fosmid library, label and label joint used in method
CN102409044B (en) * 2010-09-21 2014-05-07 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 Indexes for digital gene expression profiling (DGE) and use method thereof
CN101967476B (en) * 2010-09-21 2012-11-14 深圳华大基因科技有限公司 Joint connection-based deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-free tag library construction method
CN102409408B (en) * 2010-09-21 2013-08-07 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 Method for accurate detection of whole genome methylation sites by utilizing trace genome DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid)
DK2625295T3 (en) 2010-10-08 2019-06-11 Harvard College HIGH-THROUGHPUT-IMMUNE SEQUENCING
EP4269623A3 (en) * 2010-11-30 2024-03-06 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Analysis of a biological sample of an organism for chromosomal deletions or amplifications associated with cancer
US9193997B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2015-11-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Measuring and monitoring of cell clonality
EP2652155B1 (en) 2010-12-16 2016-11-16 Gigagen, Inc. Methods for massively parallel analysis of nucleic acids in single cells
CN103797366A (en) * 2011-01-14 2014-05-14 Cb生物技术公司 Immunodiversity assessment method and its use
US20120309636A1 (en) 2011-01-21 2012-12-06 Ian Gibbons Systems and methods for sample use maximization
JP6153874B2 (en) 2011-02-09 2017-06-28 ナテラ， インコーポレイテッド Method for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calls
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
EP2715352B1 (en) 2011-05-31 2019-04-24 Biogen MA Inc. Method of assessing risk of pml
WO2012177792A2 (en) 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of a genetic variation
WO2013016226A1 (en) * 2011-07-22 2013-01-31 Metamark Genetics, Inc. Quality control method for digital pathology
US10385475B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2019-08-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Random array sequencing of low-complexity libraries
US9619627B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-04-11 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for collecting and transmitting assay results
US9664702B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-05-30 Theranos, Inc. Fluid handling apparatus and configurations
US9268915B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2016-02-23 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for diagnosis or treatment
US8475739B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2013-07-02 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for fluid handling
US20140170735A1 (en) 2011-09-25 2014-06-19 Elizabeth A. Holmes Systems and methods for multi-analysis
US9632102B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-04-25 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-purpose analysis
EP2758550B1 (en) * 2011-09-22 2016-10-26 Lineage Biosciences, Inc. Detection of isotype profiles as signatures for disease
US9250229B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2016-02-02 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-analysis
US9810704B2 (en) 2013-02-18 2017-11-07 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-analysis
US10012664B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2018-07-03 Theranos Ip Company, Llc Systems and methods for fluid and component handling
WO2013052907A2 (en) 2011-10-06 2013-04-11 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9367663B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2016-06-14 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9984198B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2018-05-29 Sequenom, Inc. Reducing sequence read count error in assessment of complex genetic variations
US10424394B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-09-24 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US10196681B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-02-05 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US8688388B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2014-04-01 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9279159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2016-03-08 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
US20140336059A1 (en) * 2011-12-05 2014-11-13 Sequenta, Inc. Clonotypes as biometric specimen tags
WO2013086462A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Sequenta, Inc. Method of measuring immune activation
ES2683037T3 (en) 2011-12-09 2018-09-24 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Diagnosis of lymphoid malignant tumors and detection of minimal residual disease
US9499865B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2016-11-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Detection and measurement of tissue-infiltrating lymphocytes
US20140349858A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2014-11-27 Ibis Bioscience, Inc. Amplification of a sequence from a ribonucleic acid
CN103184216B (en) * 2011-12-27 2015-03-18 深圳华大基因科技有限公司 Primer composition for amplifying coding sequence of immunoglobulin heavy chain CDR3 and use thereof
US9823246B2 (en) 2011-12-28 2017-11-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Fluorescence enhancing plasmonic nanoscopic gold films and assays based thereon
EP4148739A1 (en) 2012-01-20 2023-03-15 Sequenom, Inc. Diagnostic processes that factor experimental conditions
US20150038346A1 (en) * 2012-03-05 2015-02-05 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring immune responsiveness to cancer vaccination
DK2823060T3 (en) 2012-03-05 2018-05-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Determination of associated immune receptor chains from frequency-matched subunits
EP2836611A4 (en) * 2012-04-13 2015-12-30 Sequenta Inc Detection and quantitation of sample contamination in immune repertoire analysis
EP2831276B1 (en) * 2012-05-08 2016-04-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Compositions and method for measuring and calibrating amplification bias in multiplexed pcr reactions
US10504613B2 (en) 2012-12-20 2019-12-10 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US9920361B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2018-03-20 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and compositions for analyzing nucleic acid
WO2013188471A2 (en) * 2012-06-11 2013-12-19 Sequenta, Inc. Method of sequence determination using sequence tags
WO2013188772A1 (en) * 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Gigagen, Inc. Methods for antibody and cell therapeutic discovery
CA2876209A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Uniquely tagged rearranged adaptive immune receptor genes in a complex gene set
CN104508670B (en) * 2012-06-21 2017-12-01 菲利普莫里斯生产公司 System and method for generating biomarker signature
US10497461B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2019-12-03 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
EP2870264A4 (en) * 2012-07-03 2016-03-02 Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer Quantitative assessment of human t-cell repertoire recovery after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
WO2014018460A1 (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-01-30 Sequenta, Inc. Single cell analysis using sequence tags
EP4397767A3 (en) 2012-08-14 2024-07-31 10X Genomics, Inc. Microcapsule compositions and methods
JP6645737B2 (en) * 2012-09-05 2020-02-14 漂太 高松 Biomarkers for autoimmune diseases
WO2014055561A1 (en) * 2012-10-01 2014-04-10 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Immunocompetence assessment by adaptive immune receptor diversity and clonality characterization
US10482994B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2019-11-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
UA118441C2 (en) 2012-10-08 2019-01-25 Протена Біосаєнсиз Лімітед Antibodies recognizing alpha-synuclein
KR101525584B1 (en) * 2012-12-03 2015-06-03 주식회사 케이티 Method verifying bio data and apparatus therefor
US9265458B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2016-02-23 Sync-Think, Inc. Application of smooth pursuit cognitive testing paradigms to clinical drug development
CN104837949A (en) 2012-12-14 2015-08-12 3M创新有限公司 Method of making packaged viscoelastic compositions by polymerizing ethylenically-unsaturated materials using ionizing radiation
WO2014093139A1 (en) 2012-12-14 2014-06-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of polymerizing ethylenically-unsaturated materials using ionizing radiation
EP2746405B1 (en) * 2012-12-23 2015-11-04 HS Diagnomics GmbH Methods and primer sets for high throughput PCR sequencing
WO2014113204A1 (en) 2013-01-17 2014-07-24 Personalis, Inc. Methods and systems for genetic analysis
US20130309666A1 (en) 2013-01-25 2013-11-21 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2014121272A2 (en) 2013-02-04 2014-08-07 Quake Stephen R Measurement and comparison of immune diversity by high-throughput sequencing
US20160034637A1 (en) * 2013-02-11 2016-02-04 Cb Biotechnologies, Inc. Method for evaluating an immunorepertoire
US11585814B2 (en) 2013-03-09 2023-02-21 Immunis.Ai, Inc. Methods of detecting prostate cancer
WO2014164366A1 (en) 2013-03-09 2014-10-09 Harry Stylli Methods of detecting cancer
US9380976B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2016-07-05 Sync-Think, Inc. Optical neuroinformatics
SG11201507261WA (en) 2013-03-15 2015-10-29 Theranos Inc Nucleic acid amplification
CA2906824C (en) 2013-03-15 2023-10-03 Theranos, Inc. Nucleic acid amplification
US10450595B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2019-10-22 Theranos Ip Company, Llc Nucleic acid amplification
DK3327123T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-11-25 Lineage Biosciences Inc METHODS FOR SEQUENCING THE IMMUN REPERTOIR
SG10201707394PA (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-10-30 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Uniquely tagged rearranged adaptive immune receptor genes in a complex gene set
US10119134B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-06 Abvitro Llc Single cell bar-coding for antibody discovery
KR20150132481A (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-11-25 테라노스, 인코포레이티드 Nucleic Acid Amplification
FI2981921T3 (en) 2013-04-03 2023-03-09 Sequenom Inc Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
MX364309B (en) * 2013-04-17 2019-04-22 Pioneer Hi Bred Int Methods for characterizing dna sequence composition in a genome.
KR102665592B1 (en) 2013-05-24 2024-05-21 시쿼넘, 인코포레이티드 Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
AU2014284180B2 (en) 2013-06-21 2020-03-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2014210225A1 (en) 2013-06-25 2014-12-31 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Methods and systems for determining spatial patterns of biological targets in a sample
US9708657B2 (en) * 2013-07-01 2017-07-18 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method for generating clonotype profiles using sequence tags
WO2015004632A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 Neotope Biosciences Limited Antibodies that recognize iapp
WO2015004633A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 Neotope Biosciences Limited Antibodies that recognize islet-amyloid polypeptide (iapp)
WO2015031689A1 (en) 2013-08-30 2015-03-05 Personalis, Inc. Methods and systems for genomic analysis
JP2016532876A (en) 2013-09-06 2016-10-20 セラノス， インコーポレイテッド Equipment, systems, methods and kits for receiving wipes
MX356055B (en) * 2013-09-06 2018-05-11 Theranos Ip Co Llc SYSTEMS and METHODS FOR DETECTING INFECTIOUS DISEASES.
WO2015051275A1 (en) 2013-10-03 2015-04-09 Personalis, Inc. Methods for analyzing genotypes
MY181069A (en) 2013-10-04 2020-12-17 Sequenom Inc Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
US10438691B2 (en) 2013-10-07 2019-10-08 Sequenom, Inc. Non-invasive assessment of chromosome alterations using change in subsequence mappability
WO2015058159A1 (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Sequenta, Inc. Predicting patient responsiveness to immune checkpoint inhibitors
JP6220222B2 (en) * 2013-10-28 2017-10-25 シスメックス株式会社 Method, system and computer program product for assisting diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis
EP3091074B1 (en) * 2013-11-21 2019-08-07 Repertoire Genesis Incorporation T cell receptor and b cell receptor repertoire analysis system, and use of same in treatment and diagnosis
US20170292149A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2017-10-12 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Methods using randomer-containing synthetic molecules
WO2015138746A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Monitoring immunocompetance using immune repertoire sequencing
US10066265B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2018-09-04 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Determining antigen-specific t-cells
US11390921B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2022-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Determining WT-1 specific T cells and WT-1 specific T cell receptors (TCRs)
WO2015155694A1 (en) 2014-04-08 2015-10-15 Prothena Biosciences Limited Blood-brain barrier shuttles containing antibodies recognizing alpha-synuclein
ES2777529T3 (en) 2014-04-17 2020-08-05 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
EP3134541B1 (en) 2014-04-21 2020-08-19 Natera, Inc. Detecting copy number variations (cnv) of chromosomal segments in cancer
US10202640B2 (en) 2014-05-07 2019-02-12 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Single cell analysis of T cells using high-throughput multiplex amplification and deep sequencing
WO2015200893A2 (en) * 2014-06-26 2015-12-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of analyzing nucleic acids from individual cells or cell populations
WO2016019042A1 (en) 2014-07-30 2016-02-04 Sequenom, Inc. Methods and processes for non-invasive assessment of genetic variations
WO2016040843A1 (en) 2014-09-11 2016-03-17 Harry Stylli Methods of detecting prostate cancer
SG11201702060VA (en) 2014-09-15 2017-04-27 Abvitro Inc High-throughput nucleotide library sequencing
ES2784343T3 (en) 2014-10-29 2020-09-24 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Simultaneous, highly multiplexed detection of nucleic acids encoding paired adaptive immune receptor heterodimers from many samples
EP4026913A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2022-07-13 Personalis, Inc. Methods for using mosaicism in nucleic acids sampled distal to their origin
EP3215846B1 (en) 2014-11-05 2020-03-11 Nirmidas Biotech, Inc. Metal composites for enhanced imaging
US10246701B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2019-04-02 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Multiplexed digital quantitation of rearranged lymphoid receptors in a complex mixture
AU2015353581A1 (en) 2014-11-25 2017-06-15 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Characterization of adaptive immune response to vaccination or infection using immune repertoire sequencing
CA2976580A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-09-01 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Methods for diagnosing infectious disease and determining hla status using immune repertoire sequencing
US11041202B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2021-06-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Method of identifying human compatible T cell receptors specific for an antigenic target
JP6828007B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2021-02-10 スペーシャル トランスクリプトミクス アクチボラグ Spatial-identified multiplex nucleic acid analysis of biological samples
AU2016253964B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2022-07-07 Abvitro Llc Methods of sequencing, determining, pairing, and validating therapeutic agents and disease specific antigens
WO2016183106A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
US9422547B1 (en) 2015-06-09 2016-08-23 Gigagen, Inc. Recombinant fusion proteins and libraries from immune cell repertoires
JP6576129B2 (en) * 2015-07-06 2019-09-18 キヤノン株式会社 COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM
EP3325646B1 (en) 2015-07-22 2020-08-19 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Identification of antigen epitopes and immune sequences recognizing the antigens
US10539564B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2020-01-21 Roche Sequencing Solutions, Inc. Identification of antigen epitopes and immune sequences recognizing the antigens
WO2017044885A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2017-03-16 uBiome, Inc. Method and system for microbiome-derived diagnostics and therapeutics for conditions associated with cerebro-craniofacial health
AU2016321319A1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2018-04-26 Psomagen, Inc. Method and system for microbiome-derived diagnostics and therapeutics for eczema
WO2017132438A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 The Johns Hopkins University Bottleneck sequencing
EP3432796A4 (en) * 2016-03-23 2019-09-18 The Methodist Hospital System Pre-transplant tcr clonality assessment to predict post-liver transplant survival
US11299783B2 (en) 2016-05-27 2022-04-12 Personalis, Inc. Methods and systems for genetic analysis
CN109790203A (en) * 2016-06-20 2019-05-21 健康之语公司 The diagnostic and therapeutic method of autoimmune disease
EP3472201A4 (en) 2016-06-20 2020-05-13 Healthtell Inc. Methods for differential diagnosis of autoimmune diseases
US11200963B2 (en) 2016-07-27 2021-12-14 Sequenom, Inc. Genetic copy number alteration classifications
WO2018027048A1 (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-08 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Second strand direct
US10428325B1 (en) 2016-09-21 2019-10-01 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Identification of antigen-specific B cell receptors
WO2018067517A1 (en) 2016-10-04 2018-04-12 Natera, Inc. Methods for characterizing copy number variation using proximity-litigation sequencing
WO2018089858A1 (en) 2016-11-11 2018-05-17 Healthtell Inc. Methods for identifying candidate biomarkers
US10011870B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2018-07-03 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
KR102209364B1 (en) * 2016-12-09 2021-02-01 리제너론 파아마슈티컬스, 인크. Systems and methods for sequencing T cell receptors and uses thereof
US10550429B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-02-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
CN110249060A (en) 2017-01-17 2019-09-17 生命技术公司 Composition and method for the sequencing of immune group library
JP7237003B2 (en) 2017-01-24 2023-03-10 セクエノム， インコーポレイテッド Methods and processes for evaluation of gene fragments
US11649288B2 (en) 2017-02-07 2023-05-16 Seattle Children's Hospital Phospholipid ether (PLE) CAR T cell tumor targeting (CTCT) agents
JP7178355B2 (en) 2017-02-28 2022-11-25 エンドサイト・インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for CAR T cell therapy
US10822662B2 (en) 2017-03-06 2020-11-03 Karkinos Precision Oncology LLC Diagnostic methods for identifying T-cell lymphoma and leukemia by high-throughput TCR-β sequencing
CN108728903A (en) * 2017-04-21 2018-11-02 深圳市乐土精准医疗科技有限公司 The banking process of thalassemia large sample screening is used for based on high-flux sequence
US20180315510A1 (en) * 2017-04-27 2018-11-01 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Use of clinical knowledge to improve use of next generation sequencing
US11754552B2 (en) * 2017-06-09 2023-09-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Use of immune repertoire diversity for predicting transplant rejection
EP3642353A4 (en) 2017-06-20 2021-02-24 The Medical College of Wisconsin, Inc. Assessing transplant complication risk with total cell-free dna
US10636512B2 (en) 2017-07-14 2020-04-28 Cofactor Genomics, Inc. Immuno-oncology applications using next generation sequencing
EP3431610A1 (en) 2017-07-19 2019-01-23 Noscendo GmbH Methods and devices for nucleic acid-based real-time determination of disease states
EP4212631A1 (en) 2017-09-01 2023-07-19 Life Technologies Corporation Compositions and methods for immune repertoire sequencing
US11254980B1 (en) 2017-11-29 2022-02-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Methods of profiling targeted polynucleotides while mitigating sequencing depth requirements
TW201940182A (en) 2018-01-22 2019-10-16 美商安德賽特公司 Methods of use for CAR T cells
SG11202007686VA (en) 2018-02-12 2020-09-29 10X Genomics Inc Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations
US20190287649A1 (en) * 2018-03-13 2019-09-19 Grail, Inc. Method and system for selecting, managing, and analyzing data of high dimensionality
CN112292697A (en) 2018-04-13 2021-01-29 弗里诺姆控股股份有限公司 Machine learning embodiments for multi-analyte determination of biological samples
US12024738B2 (en) 2018-04-14 2024-07-02 Natera, Inc. Methods for cancer detection and monitoring
EP3790981A4 (en) * 2018-05-07 2022-05-11 Id Genomics, Inc. Methods and tools for determining clonal relatedness and predicting clonal traits
US11814750B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2023-11-14 Personalis, Inc. Compositions, methods and systems for processing or analyzing multi-species nucleic acid samples
US10801064B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2020-10-13 Personalis, Inc. Compositions, methods and systems for processing or analyzing multi-species nucleic acid samples
US11189361B2 (en) 2018-06-28 2021-11-30 International Business Machines Corporation Functional analysis of time-series phylogenetic tumor evolution tree
US11211148B2 (en) 2018-06-28 2021-12-28 International Business Machines Corporation Time-series phylogenetic tumor evolution trees
US11525159B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2022-12-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for detection of donor-derived cell-free DNA
SG11202105441WA (en) 2018-12-13 2021-06-29 Dna Script Direct oligonucleotide synthesis on cells and biomolecules
CN109593758B (en) * 2018-12-26 2021-11-26 山东艾克韦生物技术有限公司 Multiplex primer set and method for constructing human B cell immune repertoire based on high-throughput sequencing by using same
CN109554440A (en) * 2018-12-26 2019-04-02 山东艾克韦生物技术有限公司 Multi-primers group and the method that human T cells immune group library is constructed based on high-flux sequence using the primer sets
EP3941491A4 (en) 2019-03-21 2023-03-29 Gigamune, Inc. Engineered cells expressing anti-viral t cell receptors and methods of use thereof
US11931674B2 (en) 2019-04-04 2024-03-19 Natera, Inc. Materials and methods for processing blood samples
WO2020243579A1 (en) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of detecting spatial heterogeneity of a biological sample
EP4010902A4 (en) * 2019-08-05 2023-08-23 Tata Consultancy Services Limited System and method for risk assessment of multiple sclerosis
CN111081334B (en) * 2019-12-18 2023-04-18 鲁东大学 Chronic disease early warning method based on risk factor probability combination analysis
EP4150118A1 (en) * 2020-05-14 2023-03-22 Becton Dickinson and Company Primers for immune repertoire profiling
CN116249785A (en) * 2020-06-02 2023-06-09 10X基因组学有限公司 Space transcriptomics for antigen-receptor
AU2021283174A1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid library methods
WO2021252499A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof
CA3214486A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Efficient tcr gene editing in t lymphocytes
WO2022266774A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 Sunnybrook Research Institute Systems and methods for characterizing intra-tumor regions on quantitative ultrasound parametric images to predict cancer response to chemotherapy at pre-treatment
CN113792099B (en) * 2021-08-12 2023-08-25 上海熙业信息科技有限公司 Data flow high-utility item set mining system based on historical utility table pruning
CN113822170B (en) * 2021-08-31 2024-02-06 西安理工大学 Method for identifying tremor of hands of body in non-stationary state
WO2023086639A1 (en) * 2021-11-11 2023-05-19 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for defining stages and progression of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
WO2023183468A2 (en) * 2022-03-25 2023-09-28 Freenome Holdings, Inc. Tcr/bcr profiling for cell-free nucleic acid detection of cancer
WO2024129539A1 (en) * 2022-12-14 2024-06-20 Solventum Intellectual Properties Company Clinical data analysis
CN116469473B (en) * 2023-06-15 2023-09-22 北京智因东方转化医学研究中心有限公司 Model training method, device, equipment and storage medium for T cell subtype identification

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6416948B1 (en) * 1996-06-03 2002-07-09 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Methods for detection of rearranged DNA
WO2003059155A2 (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-07-24 Maxx Genetech Co. Ltd Method of detecting t-cell proliferation for diagnosis of diseases by gene array
WO2005059176A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2005-06-30 Institut Pasteur Repertoire determination of a lymphocyte b population
JP2008099588A (en) * 2006-10-18 2008-05-01 Institute For Rheumatic Diseases Co Ltd Method for identifying autologous reactive t-cell or t-cell receptor associated with onset of autoimmune disease, and utilization thereof

Family Cites Families (336)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3270960A (en) 1964-09-11 1966-09-06 Sperry Rand Corp Fluid sensor
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
DE3211263A1 (en) 1981-03-31 1983-01-27 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., Tokyo HUMAN INTERFERON RELATED PEPTIDES, ANTIGENS AND ANTIBODIES, AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
DE3238353A1 (en) 1982-10-15 1984-04-19 Max Planck Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V., 3400 Göttingen METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF BLOOD CELLS AND REAGENT THEREFOR
US5189147A (en) 1984-06-13 1993-02-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Meterodimeric T lymphocyte receptor antibody
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4965188A (en) 1986-08-22 1990-10-23 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences using a thermostable enzyme
DE3541033A1 (en) 1985-11-19 1987-05-21 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh METHOD FOR QUANTIFYING CELL POPULATIONS OR SUBPOPULATIONS AND REAGENT SUITABLE FOR THIS
US4800159A (en) 1986-02-07 1989-01-24 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences
US5149625A (en) 1987-08-11 1992-09-22 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiplex analysis of DNA
US4942124A (en) 1987-08-11 1990-07-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiplex sequencing
US5667967A (en) 1990-05-01 1997-09-16 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University T-cell receptor varible transcripts as disease related markers
US5506126A (en) 1988-02-25 1996-04-09 The General Hospital Corporation Rapid immunoselection cloning method
US5168038A (en) 1988-06-17 1992-12-01 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University In situ transcription in cells and tissues
WO1990004648A1 (en) 1988-10-20 1990-05-03 Alexander Alan Morley Method for diagnosis of monoclonality in leukaemia and lymphoma
US5075217A (en) 1989-04-21 1991-12-24 Marshfield Clinic Length polymorphisms in (dC-dA)n ·(dG-dT)n sequences
US5231012A (en) 1989-06-28 1993-07-27 Schering Corporation Nucleic acids encoding cytokine synthesis inhibitory factor (interleukin-10)
CA2020958C (en) 1989-07-11 2005-01-11 Daniel L. Kacian Nucleic acid sequence amplification methods
US5336598A (en) * 1989-11-15 1994-08-09 National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine Method for diagnosing a superantigen caused pathologial condition via assay of T-cells
US5298396A (en) * 1989-11-15 1994-03-29 National Jewish Center For Immunology And Respiratory Medicine Method for identifying T cells disease involved in autoimmune disease
US5126022A (en) 1990-02-28 1992-06-30 Soane Tecnologies, Inc. Method and device for moving molecules by the application of a plurality of electrical fields
US6054034A (en) 1990-02-28 2000-04-25 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Acrylic microchannels and their use in electrophoretic applications
US6916605B1 (en) 1990-07-10 2005-07-12 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
CA2090126C (en) 1990-08-02 2002-10-22 John W. Schrader Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
US5210015A (en) 1990-08-06 1993-05-11 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Homogeneous assay system using the nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase
IE76732B1 (en) 1990-08-07 1997-11-05 Becton Dickinson Co One step test for absolute counts
US5699798A (en) 1990-08-10 1997-12-23 University Of Washington Method for optically imaging solid tumor tissue
US5635354A (en) * 1991-01-09 1997-06-03 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Method for describing the repertoires of antibodies (Ab) and of T-cell receptors (TcR) of an individual's immune system
US5364759B2 (en) 1991-01-31 1999-07-20 Baylor College Medicine Dna typing with short tandem repeat polymorphisms and identification of polymorphic short tandem repeats
JPH06502997A (en) 1991-02-12 1994-04-07 ルセル　ユクラフ Nucleotide sequence encoding the variable region of the β chain of human T lymphocyte receptor and corresponding peptide segment and use in diagnosis and therapy
JP3080178B2 (en) 1991-02-18 2000-08-21 東洋紡績株式会社 Method for amplifying nucleic acid sequence and reagent kit therefor
US6091000A (en) * 1991-03-15 2000-07-18 Duke University SCID mouse engrafted with human synovium tissue
JP3266311B2 (en) 1991-05-02 2002-03-18 生化学工業株式会社 Novel polypeptide and anti-HIV agent using the same
US5674679A (en) 1991-09-27 1997-10-07 Amersham Life Science, Inc. DNA cycle sequencing
US5981179A (en) 1991-11-14 1999-11-09 Digene Diagnostics, Inc. Continuous amplification reaction
US5213960A (en) 1992-03-09 1993-05-25 Tanox Biosystems, Inc. Methods for selecting low frequency antigen-specific single B lymphocytes
US5256542A (en) 1992-03-09 1993-10-26 Tanox Biosystems, Inc. Selecting low frequency antigen-specific single B lymphocytes with correction for background noise
US5837447A (en) 1992-04-15 1998-11-17 Blood Center Research Foundation, Inc., The Monitoring an immune response by analysis of amplified immunoglobulin or T-cell-receptor nucleic acid
US5498392A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
US5587128A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-12-24 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices
US5981176A (en) 1992-06-17 1999-11-09 City Of Hope Method of detecting and discriminating between nucleic acid sequences
US5925517A (en) 1993-11-12 1999-07-20 The Public Health Research Institute Of The City Of New York, Inc. Detectably labeled dual conformation oligonucleotide probes, assays and kits
CA2188182A1 (en) * 1994-04-18 1995-10-26 Steven M. Friedman Conserved t-cell receptor sequences
US6001229A (en) 1994-08-01 1999-12-14 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing microfluidic manipulations for chemical analysis
US6090592A (en) 1994-08-03 2000-07-18 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid on supports
FR2724182B1 (en) * 1994-09-02 1996-12-13 Pasteur Institut OBTAINING A RECOMBINANT MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY FROM A HUMAN ANTI-RHESUS D MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY, ITS PRODUCTION IN INSECT CELLS, AND USES THEREOF
US5604097A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-02-18 Spectragen, Inc. Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags
US5846719A (en) 1994-10-13 1998-12-08 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification
US5776737A (en) 1994-12-22 1998-07-07 Visible Genetics Inc. Method and composition for internal identification of samples
US6919434B1 (en) 1995-02-20 2005-07-19 Sankyo Co., Ltd. Monoclonal antibodies that bind OCIF
US5698396A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-12-16 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Method for identifying auto-immunoreactive substances from a subject
WO1997013868A1 (en) 1995-10-11 1997-04-17 Leonard Adleman Large scale dna sequencing by position sensitive hybridization
WO1997013877A1 (en) 1995-10-12 1997-04-17 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Measurement of gene expression profiles in toxicity determination
US6087096A (en) 1995-11-13 2000-07-11 Dau; Peter C. Method of intrafamily fragment analysis of the T cell receptor α and β chain CDR3 regions
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US20020076725A1 (en) 1996-03-13 2002-06-20 Tomoko Toyosaki-Maeda Human t cell clone specific for rheumatoid arthritis
US6458530B1 (en) 1996-04-04 2002-10-01 Affymetrix Inc. Selecting tag nucleic acids
ATE428801T1 (en) 1996-06-04 2009-05-15 Univ Utah Res Found MONITORING HYBRIDIZATION DURING PCR
AU3878697A (en) * 1996-06-20 1998-02-02 Cornell Research Foundation Inc. Identification of abnormalities in the expression of t and cell antigen receptors as indicators of disease diagnosis, prognosis and therapeutic predictors
US6074827A (en) 1996-07-30 2000-06-13 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Microfluidic method for nucleic acid purification and processing
ATE347103T1 (en) 1996-09-06 2006-12-15 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc PURIFICATION OF ANTIGEN-SPECIFIC T CELLS
US5935793A (en) 1996-09-27 1999-08-10 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Parallel polynucleotide sequencing method using tagged primers
GB9626815D0 (en) 1996-12-23 1997-02-12 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
GB9704444D0 (en) 1997-03-04 1997-04-23 Isis Innovation Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis
DE69837913T2 (en) 1997-04-01 2008-02-07 Solexa Ltd., Saffron Walden PROCESS FOR THE MAKING OF NUCLEIC ACID
US6143496A (en) 1997-04-17 2000-11-07 Cytonix Corporation Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly
EP2258846A3 (en) 1997-07-07 2012-03-21 Medical Research Council A method for increasing the concentration of a nucleic acid molecule
US7572582B2 (en) 1997-09-12 2009-08-11 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide analogues
US6794499B2 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-09-21 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide analogues
US6008002A (en) 1997-09-29 1999-12-28 Bodey; Bela Immunomagnetic detection and isolation of cancer cells
CA2306126A1 (en) 1997-10-15 1999-04-22 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Laminate microstructure device and method for making same
CA2307177C (en) 1997-10-23 2004-06-29 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for detecting contamination in molecular diagnostics using pcr
US7351578B2 (en) 1999-12-10 2008-04-01 Invitrogen Corp. Use of multiple recombination sites with unique specificity in recombinational cloning
KR100399475B1 (en) 1998-02-12 2003-09-29 보드 오브 리전츠, 더 유니버시티 오브 텍사스 시스템 Methods and reagents for the rapid and efficient isolation of circulating cancer cells
US6210910B1 (en) 1998-03-02 2001-04-03 Trustees Of Tufts College Optical fiber biosensor array comprising cell populations confined to microcavities
JP4262799B2 (en) 1998-04-16 2009-05-13 平田機工株式会社 Raw tire supply method
DE19833738A1 (en) 1998-07-27 2000-02-03 Michael Giesing Process for isolating cancer cells from cell-containing body fluids and kits for performing this process
US6787308B2 (en) 1998-07-30 2004-09-07 Solexa Ltd. Arrayed biomolecules and their use in sequencing
AR021833A1 (en) 1998-09-30 2002-08-07 Applied Research Systems METHODS OF AMPLIFICATION AND SEQUENCING OF NUCLEIC ACID
DE19844931C1 (en) 1998-09-30 2000-06-15 Stefan Seeger Procedures for DNA or RNA sequencing
US6541608B1 (en) 1999-02-23 2003-04-01 Baylor College Of Medicine T cell receptor Vβ-Dβ-Jβ sequence and methods for its detection
US6307024B1 (en) 1999-03-09 2001-10-23 Zymogenetics, Inc. Cytokine zalpha11 Ligand
US6300070B1 (en) 1999-06-04 2001-10-09 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Solid phase methods for amplifying multiple nucleic acids
US6440706B1 (en) 1999-08-02 2002-08-27 Johns Hopkins University Digital amplification
US20040209314A1 (en) 1999-09-06 2004-10-21 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale France Means for detection and purification of CD8+ T lymphocyte populations specific to peptides presented in the context of HLA
US6235483B1 (en) 2000-01-31 2001-05-22 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Methods and kits for indirect labeling of nucleic acids
US20040170977A1 (en) 2000-03-31 2004-09-02 Peter Laird Epigenetic sequences for esophageal adenocarcinoma
AUPQ687600A0 (en) * 2000-04-13 2000-05-11 Flinders Technologies Pty Ltd A method of detection
US20030207300A1 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-11-06 Matray Tracy J. Multiplex analytical platform using molecular tags
US6596492B2 (en) * 2000-07-11 2003-07-22 Colorado State University Research Foundation PCR materials and methods useful to detect canine and feline lymphoid malignancies
US7567870B1 (en) 2000-07-31 2009-07-28 Institute For Systems Biology Multiparameter analysis for predictive medicine
US6939451B2 (en) 2000-09-19 2005-09-06 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Microfluidic chip having integrated electrodes
DE60131903T2 (en) 2000-10-24 2008-11-27 The Board of Trustees of the Leland S. Stanford Junior University, Palo Alto DIRECT MULTIPLEX CHARACTERIZATION OF GENOMIC DNA
US6778724B2 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-08-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Optical switching and sorting of biological samples and microparticles transported in a micro-fluidic device, including integrated bio-chip devices
JP2004525627A (en) 2001-02-20 2004-08-26 ユニバーシティ・オブ・ジョージア・リサーチ・ファウンデイション・インコーポレイテッド Rapid production of monoclonal antibodies
US7265208B2 (en) 2001-05-01 2007-09-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Fusion molecules and treatment of IgE-mediated allergic diseases
EP1395114A2 (en) 2001-05-24 2004-03-10 Guard Inc., Methods for selecting and producing animals having a predicted level of immune response
US20050260570A1 (en) 2001-05-29 2005-11-24 Mao Jen-I Sequencing by proxy
US6720144B1 (en) * 2001-06-21 2004-04-13 Quest Diagnostics Detection of clonal T-cell receptor-γ gene rearrangement by PCR/temporal temperature gradient gel electrophoresis (TTGE)
US7112423B2 (en) 2001-07-15 2006-09-26 Keck Graduate Institute Nucleic acid amplification using nicking agents
WO2003020983A1 (en) 2001-08-30 2003-03-13 Virginia Commonwealth University Allele specific pcr for genotyping
US7432084B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2008-10-07 Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc Methods for preparing nucleic acid samples
ES2239246T3 (en) 2001-08-31 2005-09-16 Avidex Limited SOLUBLE RECEIVER OF CELLS T.
DE60234369D1 (en) 2001-09-19 2009-12-24 Alexion Pharma Inc MANIPULATED MATRICES AND THEIR USE IN SINGLE PRIMER AMPLIFICATION
CN102402650A (en) 2001-11-09 2012-04-04 生命技术公司 Identification, monitoring and treatment of disease and characterization of biological condition using gene expression profiles
GB2382137A (en) 2001-11-20 2003-05-21 Mats Gullberg Nucleic acid enrichment
GB0128153D0 (en) 2001-11-23 2002-01-16 Bayer Ag Profiling of the immune gene repertoire
WO2003052101A1 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-06-26 Rosetta Inpharmatics, Inc. Sample tracking using molecular barcodes
GB0130267D0 (en) 2001-12-19 2002-02-06 Neutec Pharma Plc Focussed antibody technology
AUPS028002A0 (en) 2002-02-01 2002-02-28 Ausman Engineering And Associates Pty Ltd A bearing assembly
US7157274B2 (en) 2002-06-24 2007-01-02 Cytonome, Inc. Method and apparatus for sorting particles
AU2003299503A1 (en) * 2002-05-16 2004-06-15 Vanderbilt University Method for predicting autoimmune diseases
JP4665119B2 (en) 2002-07-01 2011-04-06 アンスティテュ・パストゥール System, method, apparatus and computer program product for extracting, collecting, manipulating and analyzing peak data from an autosequencer
CA2490903A1 (en) 2002-07-03 2004-01-15 Institute For Scientific Research, Inc. Compositions and methods for the detection of human t cell receptor variable family gene expression
AU2003256506B2 (en) 2002-07-12 2009-06-04 The Johns Hopkins University Reagents and methods for engaging unique clonotypic lymphocyte receptors
AU2003261168A1 (en) 2002-07-19 2004-02-09 Althea Technologies, Inc. Strategies for gene expression analysis
US7157228B2 (en) 2002-09-09 2007-01-02 Bioarray Solutions Ltd. Genetic analysis and authentication
US7459273B2 (en) 2002-10-04 2008-12-02 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping selected polymorphism
ES2354068T3 (en) 2002-10-11 2011-03-09 Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION PRIMERS FOR PCR-BASED CLONALITY STUDIES.
EP1597557A4 (en) 2002-10-11 2008-06-11 Univ California A method for diagnosis and prognosis of multiple sclerosis
WO2004044209A1 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Monoquant Pty Ltd A method of detection
US20060134704A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2006-06-22 Atsushi Muraguchi Microwell array chip for detecting antigen-specific lymphocytes, method of detecting and method of manufacturing antigen-specific lymphocytes, and method of cloning antigen-specific lymphocyte antigen receptor genes
JP2006512927A (en) 2002-12-11 2006-04-20 コーリー ファーマシューティカル グループ，インコーポレイテッド 5 'CPG nucleic acids and methods of use thereof
WO2004063706A2 (en) 2003-01-08 2004-07-29 Maxx Genetech Co., Ltd. Method of detecting over-expression of t-cell receptor genes by real-time pcr
JP4473878B2 (en) 2003-01-29 2010-06-02 ４５４ コーポレーション Methods for amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids
GB0304068D0 (en) 2003-02-22 2003-03-26 Avidex Ltd Substances
WO2004096985A2 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-11 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods for assessing biologic diversity
AU2003902299A0 (en) 2003-05-13 2003-05-29 Flinders Medical Centre A method of analysing a marker nucleic acid molecule
US20070105105A1 (en) 2003-05-23 2007-05-10 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of New York University Surrogate cell gene expression signatures for evaluating the physical state of a subject
US20050010030A1 (en) 2003-07-02 2005-01-13 Zang Jingwu Z. T cell receptor CDR3 sequence and methods for detecting and treating rheumatoid arthritis
EP1641809B2 (en) 2003-07-05 2018-10-03 The Johns Hopkins University Method and compositions for detection and enumeration of genetic variations
US20060228350A1 (en) 2003-08-18 2006-10-12 Medimmune, Inc. Framework-shuffling of antibodies
US20050048498A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2005-03-03 Applera Corporation Compositions, methods, and kits for assembling probes
WO2005026686A2 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-24 Compass Genetics, Llc Multiplexed analytical platform
TWI333977B (en) 2003-09-18 2010-12-01 Symphogen As Method for linking sequences of interest
FR2863274B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2012-11-16 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD FOR QUANTITATIVE EVALUATION OF REARRANGEMENT OR TARGETED GENETIC RECOMBINATION OF AN INDIVIDUAL AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
US20070238099A1 (en) * 2003-12-08 2007-10-11 Cohen Irun R Antigen Receptor Variable Region Typing
US20080166718A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2008-07-10 Institut Pasteur Repertoire determination of a lymphocyte B population
DE60326052D1 (en) 2003-12-15 2009-03-19 Pasteur Institut Determination of the repertoire of B lymphocyte populations
WO2006019407A2 (en) 2004-02-18 2006-02-23 The Trustees Of Boston University Method for detecting and quantifying rare mutations/polymorphisms
US20060046258A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2006-03-02 Lapidus Stanley N Applications of single molecule sequencing
US20070161001A1 (en) 2004-03-04 2007-07-12 Dena Leshkowitz Quantifying and profiling antibody and t cell receptor gene expression
JP4480423B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2010-06-16 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Method for determining the presence or absence of expansion of immune cell clones
DE102004016437A1 (en) 2004-04-04 2005-10-20 Oligene Gmbh Method for detecting signatures in complex gene expression profiles
US20050250147A1 (en) 2004-05-10 2005-11-10 Macevicz Stephen C Digital profiling of polynucleotide populations
JP2007536939A (en) 2004-05-14 2007-12-20 アモークス インコーポレーティッド Immune cell biosensor and method of use thereof
EP1598429A1 (en) 2004-05-19 2005-11-23 Amplion Ltd. Detection of amplicon contamination during PCR exhibiting two different annealing temperatures
GB0412973D0 (en) 2004-06-10 2004-07-14 Celltech R&D Ltd Identification of antibody producing cells
US20060020397A1 (en) 2004-07-21 2006-01-26 Kermani Bahram G Methods for nucleic acid and polypeptide similarity search employing content addressable memories
CN101087890A (en) 2004-07-26 2007-12-12 帕拉列勒生物科学公司 Simultaneous analysis of multiple genomes
US20060094018A1 (en) 2004-08-03 2006-05-04 Bauer A R Jr Discovery and a method for the early detection of pancreatic cancer and other disease conditions
US7820382B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2010-10-26 Bauer A Robert Method for the early detection of breast cancer, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer and colon polyps, growths and cancers as well as other gastrointestinal disease conditions and the preoperative and postoperative monitoring of transplanted organs from the donor and in the recipient and their associated conditions related and unrelated to the organ transplantation
PL1773885T3 (en) 2004-08-05 2010-09-30 Genentech Inc Humanized anti-cmet antagonists
CA2576702C (en) 2004-08-11 2016-10-04 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Isolation, gene expression, and chemotherapeutic resistance of motile cancer cells
CA2580412A1 (en) 2004-09-13 2006-03-23 Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary , Department Of Health And Human Services Compositions comprising t cell receptors and methods of use thereof
US7170050B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2007-01-30 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Apparatus and methods for optical analysis of molecules
WO2006050138A2 (en) 2004-10-29 2006-05-11 Benaroya Research Institute At Virginia Mason Methods of generating antigen-specific cd4+cd25+ regulatory t cells, compositions and methods of use
US7966988B2 (en) 2005-01-11 2011-06-28 Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company Method for controlling soot induced lubricant viscosity increase
US8029783B2 (en) 2005-02-02 2011-10-04 Genentech, Inc. DR5 antibodies and articles of manufacture containing same
FR2881436B1 (en) 2005-02-03 2007-04-27 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE DIVERSITY OF T LYMPHOCYTES IN A BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE
US7393665B2 (en) 2005-02-10 2008-07-01 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd Methods and compositions for tagging and identifying polynucleotides
EP1848994A2 (en) 2005-02-16 2007-10-31 Wyeth Methods and systems for diagnosis, prognosis and selection of treatment of leukemia
US7537894B2 (en) 2005-03-02 2009-05-26 The University Of Chicago Methods and kits for monitoring Barrett's metaplasia
WO2006099164A2 (en) 2005-03-10 2006-09-21 Applera Corporation Methods for multiplex amplification
WO2006099604A2 (en) 2005-03-16 2006-09-21 Compass Genetics, Llc Methods and compositions for assay readouts on multiple analytical platforms
ES2404311T3 (en) 2005-04-12 2013-05-27 454 Life Sciences Corporation Methods for determining sequence variants using ultra-deep sequencing
WO2006116155A2 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California A method for diagnosis and prognosis of multiple sclerosis subtypes
US20060263789A1 (en) 2005-05-19 2006-11-23 Robert Kincaid Unique identifiers for indicating properties associated with entities to which they are attached, and methods for using
US7208795B2 (en) 2005-05-24 2007-04-24 Atmel Corporation Low-cost, low-voltage single-layer polycrystalline EEPROM memory cell integration into BiCMOS technology
US8426146B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2013-04-23 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Multiparameteric method for assessing immune system status
DK2620510T4 (en) 2005-06-15 2020-03-30 Complete Genomics Inc Single-molecule arrays for genetic and chemical analysis
US20070020670A1 (en) 2005-07-07 2007-01-25 Hematologics, Inc. Methods for detecting and confirming minimal disease
US20070020640A1 (en) 2005-07-21 2007-01-25 Mccloskey Megan L Molecular encoding of nucleic acid templates for PCR and other forms of sequence analysis
US7993821B2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-08-09 University Of Washington Methods and apparatus for the isolation and enrichment of circulating tumor cells
GB0521521D0 (en) 2005-10-21 2005-11-30 Medical Res Council Diagnostic methods and kits
GB0522310D0 (en) 2005-11-01 2005-12-07 Solexa Ltd Methods of preparing libraries of template polynucleotides
US20070105165A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2007-05-10 Charles Goolsby Composite profiles of cell antigens and target signal transduction proteins for analysis and clinical management of hematologic cancers
US7375211B2 (en) 2005-11-18 2008-05-20 Kou Zhong C Method for detection and quantification of T-cell receptor Vβ repertoire
US8137936B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2012-03-20 Macevicz Stephen C Selected amplification of polynucleotides
EP1987162A4 (en) 2006-01-23 2009-11-25 Population Genetics Technologi Nucleic acid analysis using sequence tokens
WO2007087312A2 (en) 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Molecular counting
SG10201405158QA (en) 2006-02-24 2014-10-30 Callida Genomics Inc High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays
MX2008011280A (en) 2006-03-06 2008-09-12 Symphogen As Recombinant polyclonal antibody for treatment of respiratory syncytial virus infections.
ES2546848T3 (en) 2006-03-10 2015-09-29 Epigenomics Ag A method to identify a biological sample for methylation analysis
EP2002017B1 (en) * 2006-04-04 2015-06-10 Keygene N.V. High throughput detection of molecular markers based on restriction fragments
EP2021460A4 (en) 2006-05-11 2010-11-17 Univ Maryland Biotech Inst A general method for generating human antibody responses in vitro
WO2007136518A2 (en) 2006-05-17 2007-11-29 Torrey Pines Institute For Molecular Studies Treatment of autoimmune disorders
US20090208955A1 (en) 2006-05-25 2009-08-20 Institute For Advance Study Methods for identifying sequence motifs, and applications thereof
US7833716B2 (en) 2006-06-06 2010-11-16 Gen-Probe Incorporated Tagged oligonucleotides and their use in nucleic acid amplification methods
EP2027253A4 (en) 2006-06-12 2014-04-30 Pacific Biosciences California Substrates for performing analytical reactions
US20100027896A1 (en) 2006-06-28 2010-02-04 Amir Geva Automated application interaction using a virtual operator
JP2009542220A (en) * 2006-06-30 2009-12-03 アプライド バイオシステムズ， エルエルシー Reversible terminator nucleotides and methods of use
WO2008108803A2 (en) 2006-07-13 2008-09-12 Amaox, Ltd. Immune cell biosensors and methods of using same
US8394590B2 (en) 2006-08-02 2013-03-12 California Institute Of Technology Capture agents and related methods and systems for detecting and/or sorting targets
US20080274904A1 (en) * 2006-08-10 2008-11-06 Niall Anthony Gormley Method of target enrichment
WO2008026927A2 (en) * 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Academisch Medisch Centrum Process for displaying t- and b-cell receptor repertoires
US20100035764A1 (en) 2006-09-26 2010-02-11 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Methods and compositions for monitoring t cell receptor diversity
US8088379B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2012-01-03 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Modified T cell receptors and related materials and methods
EP2102367A2 (en) 2006-11-09 2009-09-23 XDX, Inc. Methods for diagnosing and monitoring the status of systemic lupus erythematosus
US8262900B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2012-09-11 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US7862999B2 (en) 2007-01-17 2011-01-04 Affymetrix, Inc. Multiplex targeted amplification using flap nuclease
DK2121920T3 (en) * 2007-03-01 2011-11-21 Symphogen As Method for cloning related antibodies
WO2008147879A1 (en) 2007-05-22 2008-12-04 Ryan Golhar Automated method and device for dna isolation, sequence determination, and identification
CN101720359A (en) 2007-06-01 2010-06-02 454生命科学公司 System and meth0d for identification of individual samples from a multiplex mixture
WO2009015296A1 (en) 2007-07-24 2009-01-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated dropley generator
WO2009017678A2 (en) 2007-07-26 2009-02-05 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Molecular redundant sequencing
ITRM20070429A1 (en) 2007-08-06 2009-02-07 Uni Cattolica Del Sacro Cuor E MEANS FOR DIAGNOSIS PREVENTION AND CARE OF RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS.
CN101842159B (en) 2007-08-09 2014-09-24 赛路拉公司 Methods and devices for correlated, multi-parameter single cell measurements and recovery of remnant biological material
US8268564B2 (en) * 2007-09-26 2012-09-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and applications for stitched DNA barcodes
US7960116B2 (en) 2007-09-28 2011-06-14 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing methods and systems
WO2009045898A2 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-09 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Assessing t cell repertoires
CN101910414B (en) 2007-11-07 2016-01-13 健泰科生物技术公司 For assessment of the method and composition of the responsiveness of B cell lymphoma antagonism CD40 Antybody therapy
WO2009070767A2 (en) 2007-11-28 2009-06-04 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Systemic instigation systems to study tumor growth or metastasis
EP2062982A1 (en) 2007-11-26 2009-05-27 ImmunID Method for studying the V(D)J combinatorial diversity.
CN101225441B (en) 2007-12-05 2010-12-01 浙江大学 Method for detecting genetic constitution of clone-specific T lymphocyte TCR BV CDR3
US20100021894A1 (en) 2007-12-20 2010-01-28 Northwestern University Nanoparticle-Based Colorimetric Detection Of Cysteine
US8621502B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-12-31 Microsoft Corporation Obtaining user reactions to video
US11051733B2 (en) 2008-01-18 2021-07-06 Wake Forest University Health Sciences Isolating and purifying cells for therapy
US7767400B2 (en) * 2008-02-03 2010-08-03 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Paired-end reads in sequencing by synthesis
EP2088432A1 (en) 2008-02-11 2009-08-12 MorphoSys AG Methods for identification of an antibody or a target
EP2088205A1 (en) 2008-02-11 2009-08-12 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) PSMB10: A diagnosis marker and therapeutic target of chronic rejection.
ES2600165T3 (en) 2008-02-28 2017-02-07 The Ohio State University Research Foundation MiR-32 antagonists to increase the response of prostate cancer to apoptosis
CN102007408A (en) 2008-02-28 2011-04-06 俄亥俄州立大学研究基金会 Microrna signatures associated with cytogenetics and prognosis in acute myeloid leukemia (aml) and uses thereof
US20090226975A1 (en) 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Illumina, Inc. Constant cluster seeding
TW200938840A (en) 2008-03-12 2009-09-16 Emo Biomedicine Corp A method for in vitro study of immune modulation using pig blood cell
US8143007B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2012-03-27 National Institute Of Immunology Nested primer sets for amplifying mouse immunoglobulin variable gene segments
EP3269824A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2018-01-17 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
ATE530497T1 (en) 2008-03-31 2011-11-15 Sony Deutschland Gmbh METHOD FOR PRODUCING A MEMBRANE WITH A CONICAL PORE
ES2549184T3 (en) 2008-04-16 2015-10-23 Cb Biotechnologies, Inc. Method to evaluate and compare immunorepertories
US8911948B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2014-12-16 Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. RNase H-based assays utilizing modified RNA monomers
WO2009137832A2 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Duke University Autoantibodies in the detection and treatment of cancer
US9068181B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2015-06-30 The General Hospital Corporation Microfluidic droplet encapsulation
DE102008025656B4 (en) 2008-05-28 2016-07-28 Genxpro Gmbh Method for the quantitative analysis of nucleic acids, markers therefor and their use
DK2297333T3 (en) 2008-05-30 2015-04-07 Massachusetts Inst Technology Method for spatial separation and for screening cells
WO2009151628A2 (en) 2008-06-12 2009-12-17 Gov't Of The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health Human Services Monitoring tcr-b to determine hiv therapy and disease progression
SG182951A1 (en) 2008-06-25 2012-08-30 Baylor Res Inst Blood transcriptional signature of mycobacterium tuberculosis infection
US8394583B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2013-03-12 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System VH4 codon signature for multiple sclerosis
KR20110036638A (en) * 2008-07-25 2011-04-07 리차드 더블유. 와그너 Protein screening methods
US9156010B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-10-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based assay system
GB2504241B8 (en) 2008-09-23 2014-10-15 Bio Rad Laboratories Droplet-based assay system
US8699361B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2014-04-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Out-of-synchronization handling method and apparatus
US20100137143A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-06-03 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US8546128B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2013-10-01 Life Technologies Corporation Fluidics system for sequential delivery of reagents
JP2012507726A (en) 2008-10-31 2012-03-29 クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド Use of magnetometers in positioning systems.
AU2009311588B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-07-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Methods of monitoring conditions by sequence analysis
US9365901B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-06-14 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Monitoring immunoglobulin heavy chain evolution in B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia
US20140234835A1 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-08-21 Sequenta, Inc. Rare clonotypes and uses thereof
US9506119B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-11-29 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method of sequence determination using sequence tags
US8748103B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-06-10 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US9528160B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-12-27 Adaptive Biotechnolgies Corp. Rare clonotypes and uses thereof
US9394567B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Detection and quantification of sample contamination in immune repertoire analysis
US8628927B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-01-14 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US8691510B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-04-08 Sequenta, Inc. Sequence analysis of complex amplicons
US20110105343A1 (en) 2008-11-21 2011-05-05 Emory University Systems Biology Approach Predicts Immunogenicity of Vaccines
US8367330B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-02-05 Quest Diagnostics Investments Incorporated Methods for detecting TCR-gamma gene rearrangement
WO2010077722A1 (en) 2008-12-30 2010-07-08 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Serum markers predicting clinical response to anti-tnf antibodies in patients with ankylosing spondylitis
HUE029424T2 (en) 2009-01-15 2017-02-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Adaptive immunity profiling and methods for generation of monoclonal antibodies
JP2012515533A (en) 2009-01-20 2012-07-12 ザ ボード オブ トラスティーズ オブ ザ リーランド スタンフォード ジュニア ユニバーシティ Methods of single cell gene expression for diagnosis, prognosis, and drug discovery target identification
US20100323348A1 (en) 2009-01-31 2010-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Methods and Compositions for Using Error-Detecting and/or Error-Correcting Barcodes in Nucleic Acid Amplification Process
US8574835B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2013-11-05 Life Technologies Corporation Scaffolded nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using
US8673627B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-03-18 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus and methods for performing electrochemical reactions
KR20120044941A (en) 2009-06-25 2012-05-08 프레드 헛친슨 켄서 리서치 센터 Method of measuring adaptive immunity
EP2278513A1 (en) * 2009-07-15 2011-01-26 Nagravision SA Method for preventing the use of a cloned user unit communicating with a server
EP2449103B1 (en) 2009-06-29 2016-08-03 California Institute of Technology Isolation of unknown rearranged t-cell receptors from single cells
WO2011035870A1 (en) 2009-09-22 2011-03-31 Roche Diagnostics Gmbh Determination of kir haplotypes associated with disease
US9043160B1 (en) 2009-11-09 2015-05-26 Sequenta, Inc. Method of determining clonotypes and clonotype profiles
US9315857B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2016-04-19 Cellular Research, Inc. Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse label-tags
US8835358B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-09-16 Cellular Research, Inc. Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels
US8545248B2 (en) 2010-01-07 2013-10-01 Life Technologies Corporation System to control fluid flow based on a leak detected by a sensor
KR101323827B1 (en) 2010-01-08 2013-10-31 키스트 유럽 에프게엠베하 Primers for diagnosing ankylosing spondylitis, and method for diagnosing ankylosing spondylitis using the same
GB201000375D0 (en) * 2010-01-09 2010-02-24 Univ Cardiff T Cell clonotypes
WO2011106738A2 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Use of tcr clonotypes as biomarkers for disease
EP2367000A1 (en) 2010-03-04 2011-09-21 Charité Universitätsmedizin Berlin High throughput analysis of T-cell receptor repertoires
JP6158080B2 (en) 2010-05-06 2017-07-05 アダプティヴ バイオテクノロジーズ コーポレーション Health and disease status monitoring using chronotype profiles
EP2566984B1 (en) 2010-05-07 2019-04-03 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University Measurement and comparison of immune diversity by high-throughput sequencing
US20130123120A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2013-05-16 Natera, Inc. Highly Multiplex PCR Methods and Compositions
WO2011156707A2 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Life Technologies Corporation Alternative nucleotide flows in sequencing-by-synthesis methods
WO2012027503A2 (en) 2010-08-24 2012-03-01 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Method of measuring adaptive immunity
EP2623613B8 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-09-07 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. Increasing confidence of allele calls with molecular counting
EP2622103B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2022-11-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
WO2012048341A1 (en) 2010-10-08 2012-04-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College High-throughput single cell barcoding
DK2625295T3 (en) 2010-10-08 2019-06-11 Harvard College HIGH-THROUGHPUT-IMMUNE SEQUENCING
EP2633069B1 (en) 2010-10-26 2015-07-01 Illumina, Inc. Sequencing methods
AU2011323107B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2015-09-10 Illumina, Inc. Linking sequence reads using paired code tags
US9193997B2 (en) * 2010-12-15 2015-11-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Measuring and monitoring of cell clonality
EP2652155B1 (en) 2010-12-16 2016-11-16 Gigagen, Inc. Methods for massively parallel analysis of nucleic acids in single cells
EP2659408B1 (en) 2010-12-29 2019-03-27 Life Technologies Corporation Time-warped background signal for sequencing-by-synthesis operations
EP3582224A1 (en) 2010-12-30 2019-12-18 Life Technologies Corporation Models for analyzing data from sequencing-by-synthesis operations
US8759036B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2014-06-24 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for synthesizing pools of probes
CN103748236B (en) 2011-04-15 2018-12-25 约翰·霍普金斯大学 Safe sequencing system
CA2833917C (en) 2011-04-28 2020-04-28 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Identification of polynucleotides associated with a sample.
HUE057608T2 (en) 2011-05-24 2022-06-28 BioNTech SE Individualized vaccines for cancer
WO2013033721A1 (en) 2011-09-02 2013-03-07 Atreca, Inc. Dna barcodes for multiplexed sequencing
WO2013036459A2 (en) 2011-09-09 2013-03-14 Sequenta, Inc. Sequence-based measures of immune response
US10385475B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2019-08-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Random array sequencing of low-complexity libraries
WO2013055595A1 (en) 2011-10-11 2013-04-18 Sequenta, Inc. Determining responsiveness of autoimmune patients to dmard treatment
US9279159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2016-03-08 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
US20150252422A1 (en) 2011-11-04 2015-09-10 Sequenta Llc T-cell receptor clonotypes shared among ankylosing spondylitis patients
US20140336059A1 (en) 2011-12-05 2014-11-13 Sequenta, Inc. Clonotypes as biometric specimen tags
WO2013086462A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Sequenta, Inc. Method of measuring immune activation
ES2683037T3 (en) 2011-12-09 2018-09-24 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Diagnosis of lymphoid malignant tumors and detection of minimal residual disease
WO2013090390A2 (en) 2011-12-13 2013-06-20 Sequenta, Inc. Method of measuring immune activation
US9499865B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2016-11-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Detection and measurement of tissue-infiltrating lymphocytes
JP2015504661A (en) 2011-12-20 2015-02-16 シーケンタ インコーポレイテッド Monitoring of transformation from follicular lymphoma to diffuse large B-cell lymphoma by immunorepertoire analysis
WO2013112655A1 (en) 2012-01-24 2013-08-01 Gigagen, Inc. Method for correction of bias in multiplexed amplification
EP2820174B1 (en) 2012-02-27 2019-12-25 The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Methods and uses for molecular tags
WO2013131074A1 (en) 2012-03-02 2013-09-06 Diogenix, Inc. Methods and reagents for evaluating autoimmune disease and determining antibody repertoire
US20150038346A1 (en) 2012-03-05 2015-02-05 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring immune responsiveness to cancer vaccination
WO2013134302A1 (en) 2012-03-05 2013-09-12 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring immune responsiveness to cancer vaccination
DK2823060T3 (en) 2012-03-05 2018-05-28 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Determination of associated immune receptor chains from frequency-matched subunits
EP2836611A4 (en) 2012-04-13 2015-12-30 Sequenta Inc Detection and quantitation of sample contamination in immune repertoire analysis
WO2013158936A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2013-10-24 Sequenta, Inc Monitoring immunoglobulin heavy chain evolution in b-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia
EP2831276B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2016-04-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Compositions and method for measuring and calibrating amplification bias in multiplexed pcr reactions
WO2013181428A2 (en) 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Sequenta, Inc. Predicting relapse of chronic lymphocytic leukemia patients treated by allogeneic stem cell transplantation
US20130324422A1 (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-05 Sequenta, Inc. Detecting disease-correlated clonotypes from fixed samples
WO2013188471A2 (en) 2012-06-11 2013-12-19 Sequenta, Inc. Method of sequence determination using sequence tags
CA2876209A1 (en) 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Uniquely tagged rearranged adaptive immune receptor genes in a complex gene set
WO2014018460A1 (en) 2012-07-24 2014-01-30 Sequenta, Inc. Single cell analysis using sequence tags
EP2882870A4 (en) 2012-08-10 2016-03-16 Sequenta Inc High sensitivity mutation detection using sequence tags
GB2521570B (en) 2012-09-24 2021-01-06 Irepertoire Inc Multiplex pyrosequencing using non-interfering noise cancelling polynucleotide identification tags
WO2014062945A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring clonotypes of plasma cell proliferative disorders in peripheral blood
AU2013331135A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2015-05-07 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Monitoring diffuse large B-cell lymphoma from peripheral blood samples
CA2888524A1 (en) 2012-10-22 2014-05-01 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring mantle cell lymphoma clonotypes in peripheral blood after immunotransplant
EP2959020B1 (en) 2013-02-22 2019-09-18 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Method to select rare clonotypes
US20140255944A1 (en) 2013-03-08 2014-09-11 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring treatment-resistant clones in lymphoid and myeloid neoplasms by relative levels of evolved clonotypes
US20140255929A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-09-11 Sequenta, Inc. Mosaic tags for labeling templates in large-scale amplifications
US9708657B2 (en) 2013-07-01 2017-07-18 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method for generating clonotype profiles using sequence tags
US20160186260A1 (en) 2013-07-26 2016-06-30 Sequenta, Llc Cancer vaccination with antigen evolution
WO2015058159A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Sequenta, Inc. Predicting patient responsiveness to immune checkpoint inhibitors
US20150218656A1 (en) 2014-02-03 2015-08-06 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Methods for detection and diagnosis of a lymphoid malignancy using high throughput sequencing
US11390921B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2022-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Determining WT-1 specific T cells and WT-1 specific T cell receptors (TCRs)
US10066265B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2018-09-04 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Determining antigen-specific t-cells
ES2777529T3 (en) 2014-04-17 2020-08-05 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
ES2784343T3 (en) 2014-10-29 2020-09-24 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Simultaneous, highly multiplexed detection of nucleic acids encoding paired adaptive immune receptor heterodimers from many samples

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6416948B1 (en) * 1996-06-03 2002-07-09 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Methods for detection of rearranged DNA
WO2003059155A2 (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-07-24 Maxx Genetech Co. Ltd Method of detecting t-cell proliferation for diagnosis of diseases by gene array
WO2005059176A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2005-06-30 Institut Pasteur Repertoire determination of a lymphocyte b population
JP2008099588A (en) * 2006-10-18 2008-05-01 Institute For Rheumatic Diseases Co Ltd Method for identifying autologous reactive t-cell or t-cell receptor associated with onset of autoimmune disease, and utilization thereof

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
International immunology, Vol, 16, 2004, Y Kobari et al, "T cells accumulating in the inflamed joints of a spontaneous murine model of rheumatoid arthritis become restricted to common clonotypes during disease progression", 131-138 *
J Immunology, Vol 178, 2007, J Michalek et al, "Detection and long-term in vivo monitoring of individual tumor-specific T cell clones in patients with metastatic melanoma", 6789-6795 *
Viral Immunology, Vol 18, 2005, VM Giuggio et al, "Evolution of the intrahepatic T cell repertoire during chronic hepatitis C virus infection", 179-189 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2742380C (en) 2018-05-29
GB2497007A (en) 2013-05-29
CN102272327A (en) 2011-12-07
CN102272327B (en) 2015-11-25
US20100151471A1 (en) 2010-06-17
US20180080090A1 (en) 2018-03-22
ES2781754T3 (en) 2020-09-07
GB201120209D0 (en) 2012-01-04
SG195652A1 (en) 2013-12-30
EP2719774B1 (en) 2020-03-18
US20190169698A1 (en) 2019-06-06
JP2016039800A (en) 2016-03-24
GB2497007B (en) 2013-08-07
EP2719774A1 (en) 2014-04-16
US20190062848A1 (en) 2019-02-28
GB201009641D0 (en) 2010-07-21
JP6112577B2 (en) 2017-04-12
GB2483810A (en) 2012-03-21
US9228232B2 (en) 2016-01-05
EP4335932A2 (en) 2024-03-13
GB2488700B (en) 2013-05-29
GB2467704A (en) 2010-08-11
ES2453066T3 (en) 2014-04-03
GB2483810B (en) 2012-09-05
CA2742380A1 (en) 2010-05-14
CN104195227A (en) 2014-12-10
EP2364368B1 (en) 2014-01-15
US9217176B2 (en) 2015-12-22
GB201300533D0 (en) 2013-02-27
EP2364368A2 (en) 2011-09-14
EP3699296A1 (en) 2020-08-26
US20110207617A1 (en) 2011-08-25
US8795970B2 (en) 2014-08-05
US20130005584A1 (en) 2013-01-03
WO2010053587A3 (en) 2010-08-19
GB2477439B (en) 2012-02-15
GB201209668D0 (en) 2012-07-18
US20160201133A1 (en) 2016-07-14
CN104195227B (en) 2017-04-12
US20160230236A1 (en) 2016-08-11
JP2012508011A (en) 2012-04-05
US20120135409A1 (en) 2012-05-31
US10246752B2 (en) 2019-04-02
WO2010053587A2 (en) 2010-05-14
US8507205B2 (en) 2013-08-13
US10760133B2 (en) 2020-09-01
GB2467704B (en) 2011-08-24
US11021757B2 (en) 2021-06-01
JP5798926B2 (en) 2015-10-21
GB201105068D0 (en) 2011-05-11
US20130344066A1 (en) 2013-12-26
US20190100810A1 (en) 2019-04-04
US20140342367A1 (en) 2014-11-20
US10266901B2 (en) 2019-04-23
EP2719774B8 (en) 2020-04-22
GB2488700A (en) 2012-09-05
US10865453B2 (en) 2020-12-15
US11001895B2 (en) 2021-05-11
EP4335932A3 (en) 2024-06-26
US20210310076A1 (en) 2021-10-07
US9347099B2 (en) 2016-05-24
US20130267427A1 (en) 2013-10-10
US8236503B2 (en) 2012-08-07
US20130017957A1 (en) 2013-01-17
US20180112278A1 (en) 2018-04-26
AU2009311588B2 (en) 2016-07-28
AU2009311588A1 (en) 2010-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210310076A1 (en) Methods of monitoring conditions by sequence analysis
US20220127675A1 (en) Monitoring Health and Disease Status Using Clonotype Profiles
US10519511B2 (en) Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
AU2015200383A1 (en) Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
732E Amendments to the register in respect of changes of name or changes affecting rights (sect. 32/1977)

Free format text: REGISTERED BETWEEN 20160121 AND 20160127

732E Amendments to the register in respect of changes of name or changes affecting rights (sect. 32/1977)

Free format text: REGISTERED BETWEEN 20160218 AND 20160224